a journal of correctional philosophy and practice · published by the administrative office of the...

74
a journal of correctional philosophy and practice Drug Treatment in the Community By Faye S. Taxman, Jeffrey A. Bouffard Social Support Networks in Outpatient Drug Treatment By Mark D. Litt, Sharon D. Mallon Hepatitis C Among Offenders By Scott A. Allen, Josiah D. Rich, Beth Schwartzapfel, Peter D. Friedmann An Employment Intervention for Drug-Abusing Offenders By Carl Leukefeld, Hope Smiley McDonald, Michele Staton, Allison Mateyoke-Scrivner, Matthew Webster, TK Logan, Tom Garrity Co-Occurring Substance Use and Mental Disorders in Offenders By Stanley Sacks, Frank S. Pearson Amenability to Treatment of Drug Offenders By Douglas B. Marlowe, Nicholas S. Patapis, David S. DeMatteo Sanctions and Rewards in Prison-Based Therapeutic Community Treatment By William M. Burdon, Michael L. Prendergast, Vitka Eisen, Nena P. Messina Treatment Research in Oz—Is Randomization the Ideal or Just Somewhere Over the Rainbow? By Steven S. Martin, James A. Inciardi, Daniel J. O’Connell Moving Towards a Federal Criminal Justice “System” By Timothy P. Cadigan, Bernadette Pelissier Reorganizing Care for the Substance Using Offender By Peter J. Delany, Bennett W. Fletcher, Joseph J. Shields SEPTEMBER 2003 SPECIAL ISSUE: SUBSTANCE ABUSE TREATMENT

Upload: others

Post on 04-Aug-2020

0 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: a journal of correctional philosophy and practice · PUBLISHED BY The Administrative Office of the United States Court Leonidas Ralph Mecham,Director John M. Hughes,Assistant Director

a j o u r n a l o f c o r r e c t i o n a l p h i l o s o p h y a n d p r a c t i c e

Drug Treatment in the CommunityBy Faye S. Taxman, Jeffrey A. Bouffard

Social Support Networks in Outpatient Drug TreatmentBy Mark D. Litt, Sharon D. Mallon

Hepatitis C Among OffendersBy Scott A. Allen, Josiah D. Rich, Beth Schwartzapfel, Peter D. Friedmann

An Employment Intervention for Drug-Abusing OffendersBy Carl Leukefeld, Hope Smiley McDonald, Michele Staton,Allison Mateyoke-Scrivner, Matthew Webster, TK Logan, Tom Garrity

Co-Occurring Substance Use and Mental Disorders in OffendersBy Stanley Sacks, Frank S. Pearson

Amenability to Treatment of Drug OffendersBy Douglas B. Marlowe, Nicholas S. Patapis, David S. DeMatteo

Sanctions and Rewards in Prison-Based Therapeutic Community TreatmentBy William M. Burdon, Michael L. Prendergast, Vitka Eisen, Nena P. Messina

Treatment Research in Oz—Is Randomization the Ideal or Just SomewhereOver the Rainbow?

By Steven S. Martin, James A. Inciardi, Daniel J. O’Connell

Moving Towards a Federal Criminal Justice “System”By Timothy P. Cadigan, Bernadette Pelissier

Reorganizing Care for the Substance Using OffenderBy Peter J. Delany, Bennett W. Fletcher, Joseph J. Shields

S E P T E M B E R 2 0 0 3

SPECIAL ISSUE:SUBSTANCE ABUSETREATMENT

Page 2: a journal of correctional philosophy and practice · PUBLISHED BY The Administrative Office of the United States Court Leonidas Ralph Mecham,Director John M. Hughes,Assistant Director

P U B L I S H E D B YThe Administrative Office of the United States Court

Leonidas Ralph Mecham, Director

John M. Hughes, Assistant DirectorOffice of Probation and Pretrial Services

Federal Probation ISSBN 0014-9128 is dedicated to informing its readers about currentthought, research, and practice in corrections and criminal justice. The journal welcomesthe contributions of persons who work with or study juvenile and adult offenders andinvites authors to submit articles describing experience or significant findings regarding theprevention and control of delinquency and crime. A style sheet is available from the editor.

Federal Probation is published three times a year, in June, September (on a special topic), andDecember. Permission to quote is granted on the condition that appropriate credit is given theauthor and Federal Probation. For information about reprinting articles, please contact the editor.

Subscriptions to Federal Probation are available from the Superintendent of Documents at anannual rate of $16.00 ($22.40 foreign). Please see the subscription order form on the last pageof this issue for more information.

A DV I S O R Y C O M M I T T E E

s p e c i a l a d v i s o r Merrill A. Smith

m e m b e r s

Dan Richard BetoCorrectional Management Institute of TexasHuntsville, Texas

John W. ByrdUnited States Pretrial OfficeSan Antonio, Texas

Honorable James G. CarrUnited States District CourtToledo, Ohio

Alvin W. CohnAdministration of Justice Services, Inc.Rockville, Maryland

Ronald P. Corbett, Jr.Executive Director, Supreme Judicial CourtBoston, Massachusetts

Thomas HenryUnited States Pretrial OfficeNewark, New Jersey

Magdeline JensenUnited States Probation OfficeTucson, Arizona

Jolanta JuszkiewiczPretrial Services Resource CenterWashington, DC

Honorable David D. NoceUnited States District CourtSt. Louis, Missouri

Joan PetersiliaUniversity of California, IrvineIrvine, California

Faye TaxmanUniversity of MarylandCollege Park, Maryland

a j o u r n a l o f c o r r e c t i o n a l

p h i l o s o p h y a n d p r a c t i c e

E D I TO R I A L S TA F F

Timothy P. Cadigan, Executive EditorEllen Wilson Fielding, Editor

Federal Probation Administrative Office of the U.S. Courts Washington, DC 20544telephone: 202-502-1600 fax: 202-502-1677

Postmaster: Please send address changes tothe editor at the address above.

Page 3: a journal of correctional philosophy and practice · PUBLISHED BY The Administrative Office of the United States Court Leonidas Ralph Mecham,Director John M. Hughes,Assistant Director

September 2003 1

THIS ISSUE IN BRIEFThis September’s issue of Federal Probation explores the state of knowledge about substance abuse treatment in the criminal corrections field. Our guest

editor, Faye S. Taxman, is Director of Governmental Research and Associate Research professor of Criminology and Criminal Justice at the University of

Maryland, College Park, and the author of many incisive articles on criminal justice and supervision issues for this and many other publications. In the

pages that follow, she gathers together leading researchers in the field of treatment and criminal justice. We hope our readers will be heartened and chal-

lenged by recent strides in ascertaining just what constitutes productive treatment methods for this population.

IntroductionThe empirical evidence for the efficacy of drug treatment for offenders is well-established. Clinical interventions, particularly those founded

on therapeutic communities or cognitive-behavioral processes, have repeatedly been shown to reduce the substance use and offending behav-

iors of offenders. The contemporary questions that loom in the criminal justice field are: 1) how best to provide the drug treatment services;

and 2) what supportive interventions are needed to sustain the gains the offender made while in drug treatment.

This special edition of Federal Probation is designed to explore some of the more critical issues surrounding delivery to offender populations of

drug treatment services that will ensure long-time reductions in relapse into both substance abuse and illegal conduct. Researchers invested in

advancing the field of drug treatment by exploring some of the difficult issues have contributed to this edition. We thank them for their contribu-

tions and the work that their research sites are involved in to improve the quality of treatment services provided to offenders.

Four articles examine the need for services that will increase the likelihood that offenders have improved outcomes. Mark Litt and Sharon

Mallon describe the role of social support networks in achieving success treating drug-involved offenders. The scholars describe the need to

assist offenders in developing social milieux that support abstinence in their daily lives. Twelve-step (12), Community Reinforcement

Approaches (CRA), and Network Therapy efforts are described, along with the available research on each.

Carl Leukefeld, Hope McDonald, Michele Staton, Allison Mateyoke-Scrivner, Matthew Webster, TK Logan, and Tom Garrity describe a

NIDA-funded study on an employment program for drug court offenders. The study is designed to integrate employment services as part of

the drug treatment programming. The three-pronged strategy—obtain, maintain, and upgrade employment—is integrated into the drug

court. The employment needs of these offenders are discussed in this paper, as well as an innovative strategy to address these needs.

William Burdon, Michael Prendergast, Vitka Eisen, and Nena Messina examine the need to improve client motivation for participation in

drug treatment programs. The scholars use prison-based therapeutic communities to describe strategies to address client motivation, including

a structured approach to sanctions and rewards. In this article, the importance of the compliance-gaining strategies as a motivational enhance-

ment are described, as well as some approaches that are being examined in some of their ongoing work. The difference between correctional

and therapeutic responses is both discussed and operationalized in the context of a treatment program.

Faye Taxman and Jeff Bouffard continue their work on the nature and context of drug treatment services for offenders. Their article reports results

from a qualitative study of drug treatment services offered to offenders in four jurisdictions as part of their drug court programming. Observations

and survey data highlight some of the issues in providing drug treatment services to the offenders. The tendency of the clinical staff, across four dis-

parate jurisdictions, to employ a wide range of treatment strategies appears to affect the retention rate in these programs. The researchers highlight

the need for more research to understand how offenders respond to more eclectic programming, and emphasize that drug court systems must use

quality assurance techniques to ensure integrated programming.

Two other articles discuss issues relating to providing services to offenders. Scott Allen, Josiah Rich, Beth Schwartzapfel, and Peter Friedmann discuss

the Hepatitis C virus epidemic among offenders and its impact on drug and health services treatment programming. Since Hepatitis C infection can be

found in up to 40 percent of the correctional population and a high proportion of those with substance abuse disorders, effective programming must

address the medical needs of the infected offender. Additionally, before infected offenders can undergo the ordeal of Hepatitis C treatment, substance

abuse and mental health conditions must be effectively stabilized through the delivery of appropriate drug treatment and mental health programming

for appropriate candidates.

Doug Marlowe, Nicholas Patapis, and David DeMatteo discuss the legal and clinical factors that are relevant to making determinations about

offenders’ amenability to treatment. Many drug treatment programs for offenders have a condition that the offender must be “amenable.”Yet, little

is known about this concept. The scholars explore how the “past predicts the future” in the concept of amenability, and lay out an agenda for future

research into the concept.

Much of the research in the past few years has concentrated on how to provide drug treatment services within the context of the criminal

justice system. The focus on systems is an attempt to address not only the access to services but also retention in said services. Three articles are

devoted to this concept. First, Peter Delany, Bennett Fletcher, and Joseph Shields provide a conceptual framework for integrated systems. The

other two articles explore the continuum of collaborative structures to organize drug treatment and criminal justice services. They discuss some

of the horizontal and vertical systems that are involved in implementing these approaches.

Tim Cadigan and Bernadette Pelissier discuss the efforts of the federal partners within the Bureau of Prisons and the Administrative Office of

the U.S. Courts to integrate drug treatment services for offenders. The authors present a systems model, and then describe the system-building

efforts that the federal agencies are engaged in as part of an attempt to ensure a continuum of care as offenders move through different compo-

nents of the federal correctional system.

Page 4: a journal of correctional philosophy and practice · PUBLISHED BY The Administrative Office of the United States Court Leonidas Ralph Mecham,Director John M. Hughes,Assistant Director

Stan Sacks and Frank Pearson explore co-occurring disorders (mental health and substance abuse) among offender populations and discuss

the treatment needs of such offenders. Based on their review of the literature, they discuss principles of effective treatment, especially how inte-

grated services are needed within different correctional settings—jail, prison, probation, parole, etc. Examples of programming are presented and

some promising evaluation research studies are discussed. They conclude with recommendations for the criminal justice field relating to this dif-

ficult-to-treat problem.

Steven Martin, James Inciardi, and Daniel O’Connell make the argument for more quasi-experimental design to ensure that the research find-

ings that guide policy and practice are grounded in reality. The scholars identify the limitations of randomized studies, and illustrate how multi-

variate models can be used to estimate treatment effectiveness and compensate for real-world differences. The issues that are raised are critical as

steps in moving from research to practice, because the field needs studies that help us understand the conditions under which the research find-

ings can be replicated in the real world. Well-designed studies, even those that do not include randomization, can provide some of the answers

if accepted by the research and practitioner community.

Advancing the field of drug treatment in the criminal justice system will require attending to many of these programmatic, organizational,

and system issues. The field has moved past the discussion of “does treatment work” to “how to optimize the benefits from drug treatment” serv-

ices. This set of articles provides some of the most current efforts to advance the dialogue about critical factors that affect the sustainability of the

benefits from participating in drug treatment services.

Faye S. Taxman

Guest Editor

FEDERAL PROBATION Volume 67 Number 22

Page 5: a journal of correctional philosophy and practice · PUBLISHED BY The Administrative Office of the United States Court Leonidas Ralph Mecham,Director John M. Hughes,Assistant Director

September 2003 3

TABLE OF CONTENTSDrug Treatment in the Community—A Case Study of System Integration Issues 4By Faye S. Taxman, Jeffrey A. Bouffard

The Design of Social Support Networks for Offenders in Outpatient Drug Treatment 15By Mark D. Litt, Sharon D. Mallon

Hepatitis C Among Offenders—Correctional Challenge and Public Health Opportunity 22By Scott A. Allen, Josiah D. Rich, Beth Schwartzapfel, Peter D. Friedmann

An Employment Intervention for Drug Abusing Offenders 27By Carl Leukefeld, Hope Smiley McDonald, Michele Staton, Allison Mateyoke-Scrivner, Matthew Webster,TK Logan, Tom Garrity

Co-Occurring Substance Use and Mental Disorders in Offenders— 32Approaches, Findings and RecommendationsBy Stanley Sacks, Frank S. Pearson

Amenability to Treatment of Drug Offenders 40By Douglas B. Marlowe, Nicholas S. Patapis, David S. DeMatteo

Sanctions and Rewards in Prison-Based Therapeutic Community Treatment 47By William M. Burdon, Michael L. Prendergast, Vitka Eisen, Nena P. Messina

Treatment Research in Oz—Is Randomization the Ideal or Just Somewhere Over the Rainbow? 53By Steven S. Martin, James A. Inciardi, Daniel J. O’Connell

Moving Towards a Federal Criminal Justice “System” 61By Timothy P. Cadigan, Bernadette Pelissier

Reorganizing Care for the Substance Using Offender— 64The Case for Collaboration By Peter J. Delany, Bennett W. Fletcher, Joseph J. Shields

Contributors to This Issue 69

The articles and reviews that appear in Federal Probation express the points of view of the persons who wrote them and not necessarily thepoints of view of the agencies and organizations with which these persons are affiliated. Moreover, Federal Probation’s publication of the articlesand reviews is not to be taken as an endorsement of the material by the editors, the Administrative Office of the U.S. Courts, or the FederalProbation and Pretrial Services System.

Page 6: a journal of correctional philosophy and practice · PUBLISHED BY The Administrative Office of the United States Court Leonidas Ralph Mecham,Director John M. Hughes,Assistant Director

WITH SLIGHTLY over 6.5 million Americansnow under formal criminal justice control (in jail,prison or on probation or parole)—one-third tohalf of whom have substance abuse disorders—the demand for treatment far outweighs availabil-ity. In 1996, only 13 percent of state inmates werereceiving treatment. More important, the type oftreatment provided in justice settings is insuffi-cient for chronic users. Nearly 70 percent of pris-oners who receive treatment report attendingonly self-help groups or psycho-educationalmeetings, which are often inadequate for address-ing the needs of persons with more severe sub-stance-abuse disorders (Mumola, 1999; Belenko,2002b). Similar needs-service mismatches are evi-dent among offenders under probation supervi-sion. Over 50 percent of the 4.5 million offendersunder probation supervision have conditions ofrelease that require substance abuse treatment;only 17 percent of these received drug treatmentwhile on probation (Mumola, 1998; Bonczar,1997).2 Moreover, most of these services are inap-propriate for the individuals’ level of need, withmany of the services being nonclinical (e.g., drugtesting, drug education, self-help). And, nearly 40percent of new prison intakes are due to technicalviolations from probation or parole supervision,

largely due to substance abuse-related prob-lems—a trend that exacerbates problems ofprison crowding (Taxman, 2002; Bureau ofJustice Statistics, 2000).

Addressing inadequacies in the offender treat-ment system will involve in part absorbing lessonslearned from the extensive knowledge base on thegeneral drug treatment delivery system developedover the past 30 years. NIDA-sponsored nationalstudies such as the Drug Abuse ReportingProgram (DARP), the Treatment OutcomeProspective Study (TOPS), and the Drug AbuseTreatment Outcome Studies (DATOS), andresearch programs funded by SAMSHA andCSAT such as PETS (Persistent Effects ofTreatment Studies) have substantially increasedour understanding of effective interventions andsystems of services during this period.Policymakers, practitioners, and researchers havebeen able to turn their attention in recent years toencouraging wider acquisition of this knowledgeand adoption of these evidence-based practicesamong general treatment practitioners (Backer,David, & Soucy, 1995; Chao, Sullivan, Harwood,Schildhaus, Zhand, & Imhof, 2000; Lamb,Greenlick, & McCarty, 1998; National Institute onDrug Abuse, 1999). Almost none of these effortshowever, have focused specifically on the criminaljustice field, including the thorny issues associatedwith the varying philosophies of a service-orient-ed treatment system and the justice system. Of thenearly 70 published articles from DATOS(Simpson, 2002), five were specific to the criminaljustice offender (Farabee, Joshi, & Anglin, 2001;Farabee, Shen, Hser, Grella, & Anglin, 2001;

Knight, Hiller, Broome, & Simpson, 2000; Hiller,Knight, Broome, & Simpson, 1998; Craddock,Rounds-Bryant, Flynn, & Hubbard, 1997). Thepicture painted by existing empirical data on theoffender treatment systems is a captivating butincomplete collage that poses more questions thanit answers.

With the majority of offenders participating indrug treatment outpatient programs in the com-munity setting, a study of how these services areprovided to the offender population is warranted.The drug court concept, as implemented in a vari-ety of settings,provides the opportunity to explorehow treatment is integrated into the drug courtsetting,and how the community treatment systemprovides services to drug court offenders. A studyfunded by he National Institute on Justice wasintended to rigorously explore the organizationaland structural issues regarding the use of treat-ment services and the subsequent impact of treat-ment delivery on client outcomes. In other words,how are drug treatment services provided withinthe framework of the drug court? What practicesdrive the drug court in recognition of the impor-tance of treatment? This article will use the studyfindings to describe and discuss some of the issuessurrounding drug treatment services provided tooffenders in the community setting.

Drug Treatment in DrugCourts–The State of Knowledge

Recent studies of drug treatment courts havestarted to explore the issues about the provision

Drug Treatment in the Community–A Case Study of System Integration Issues1

Faye S. Taxman, Ph.D.

University of Maryland, College Park

Jeffrey A. Bouffard, Ph.D.

Department of Sociology and Anthropology

North Dakota State University

DRUG TREATMENT IN THE COMMUNITY Volume 67 Number 24

1This project is sponsored by The National Institute of Justiceunder Grant No. DC VX 0008. All opinions are those of theauthors and do not reflect the opinion of the sponsoringagency.All questions should be directed to Faye S. Taxman at301-403-4403 or at [email protected]. The authorswould like to acknowledge that Dr. Don Anspach andAndrew Ferguson from the University of Southern Mainecontributed to this project.

2Data pertaining to drug conditions and treatment for theprobation population is readily available through the Bureauof Justice Statistics’ Survey of Adults on Probation. No com-parable national survey of the parole population is available.

Page 7: a journal of correctional philosophy and practice · PUBLISHED BY The Administrative Office of the United States Court Leonidas Ralph Mecham,Director John M. Hughes,Assistant Director

September 2003 DRUG TREATMENT IN THE COMMUNITY 5

of treatment services. Several major studieshave been conducted that employ soundresearch methods to explore the efficacy ofdrug courts, and to measure the services deliv-ered to offenders (Harrell, Cavanaugh &Roman, 1998; Goldkamp, et al., 2001; Peters &Murrin, 1998; Gottfredson, Najaka, & Kearley,2002). In each of these studies, the percentageof drug court clients participating in treatmentservices varied considerably from 35 to 80 per-cent. The length of time in treatment also var-ied, from under 30 days to over two years. Thegeneral finding appears to be that the longerthe period of time in treatment, the greater thelikelihood that the offender will graduate fromdrug court. And, more importantly, participa-tion in drug treatment services, not necessarilyjust the drug court, reduces the likelihood ofrearrest. Banks and Gottfredson (2003) foundthat 40 percent of the drug court offenders thatparticipated in treatment were rearrested with-in a two-year window as compared to slightlyover 80 percent of the drug treatment courtoffenders that did not participate in treatment.Goldkamp, White and Robinson (2001) foundthat the more treatment sessions participatedin or the greater the percentage of time intreatment during the drug court program, thegreater the reduction in rearrests.

Two studies have examined the interactionbetween the justice and treatment agencies.Turner and her colleagues (2002) at RAND in aprocess study of 14 drug treatment courts con-firm that drug court offenders have difficultiesaccessing treatment services in the community.In this study, the researchers found that thelinkages between the drug treatment court anddrug treatment system tend to be characterizedby informality, where the court accesses avail-able services but the drug treatment court andservices are not well-integrated beyond thesesmall-scale, often informal ties. Taxman andBouffard (2002a), in their review of the datafrom a survey of 212 drug courts, assess the dis-juncture between the delivery of treatmentservices and drug court operations. In key areas,the drug court respondents highlighted the lackof policy and procedures that support the drugcourt’s mission of providing treatment servicesfor offenders. For example, drug courts tendedto target eligibility for drug court based on theoffense and criminal history, rather than thetype or severity of their substance abusingbehavior. Half of the drug courts reported that

they have non-clinical staff screen clients fordrug treatment court eligibility, and nearly 60percent of the drug treatment courts excludedoffenders from participation who were “notmotivated for treatment.” While drug courts aredesigned to integrate services across systems,the survey results found that few courts havedeveloped such an approach. This raises manyquestions about the treatment services providedto offenders in the drug court setting and theimpact of such services on outcomes.

Methodology

This study of drug treatment delivery in drug courtsuses a combination of qualitative and quantitativemethods to examine drug treatment and drug courtoperations in four relatively long-standing drugcourts. Fieldwork was conducted from February2001 to May 2002.On-site interviews were conduct-ed with all dimensions of the drug court (e.g.,judges, probation officers, defense attorneys, pro-secutors, treatment administrators, and providers).Surveys were undertaken with 52 counseling staffemployed by the treatment agencies and a total of124 treatment sessions were also observed, using astructured tool designed to measure the nature andquantity of various clinical components of sub-stance abuse treatment. A retrospective analysis of2,357 drug court participants also was conducted toexplore the impact of treatment participation ongraduation rates and program rearrest and post-program rearrest. 3

Sites

The sample of drug courts examined in this eval-uation includes two located in relatively rural areasand two located in more urban settings. All fourdrug-court sites were chosen because their pro-grams had been in operation long enough fortheir procedures to be institutionalized. In facteach of the courts was designated as a “MentorCourt”by the National Association of Drug CourtProfessionals. Site 1 is a small court operating inrural Louisiana, with a dedicated treatmentprovider that is part of the local county govern-ment. Site 2 is also a small, rural court operating inOklahoma, which at the time of the evaluationwas using two small private treatment providerswithin the community. Site 3 is a relatively large,long-running court in a medium-sized Californiacity, which utilized existing drug treatmentproviders within the local community. Site 4 is alarge court operating in a medium-sized Midwestcity and used a dedicated public health treatmentprovider that was part of the court itself.

Retrospective Analysis of Drug CourtParticipants

The study included a retrospective analysis of 2,357offenders enrolled in drug courts between January1997 and December 2000. The sampling frameconsists of all enrollees in drug courts, regardless oftheir level of participation,as long as they took partin a drug court for more than a day. Informationabout offender behavior and program participa-tion was collected during their program participa-tion (i.e., drug testing, treatment, sanctions, andgraduation) and rearrest data was gathered for the12-month post-program period. Rearrest data wasgathered from the National Crime InformationCenter (NCIC) for all of the sites. For the mostpart, the most complete information was main-tained by the treatment providers (as compared tothe courts) and therefore the retrospective analy-sis tends to over-represent those drug court par-ticipants who actually attend their mandateddrug treatment services.

Procedures for the QualitativeComponents of the Study

As part of this study, the researchers examined thetreatment components of the drug court program tolearn more about the actual nature of services pro-vided. Survey data as well as structured observationswere the main techniques to gather information.

Observation of Treatment Services. Usingweekly schedules provided by the treatment pro-gram administrators, the evaluation staff devel-oped an observational schedule that maximizedthe number of meetings that could be observedduring a four-day on-site visit. A total of 124 ses-sions were observed, which was approximately halfof the scheduled sessions during the on-site visits.During each site visit, trained observers wereassigned to unobtrusively observe treatment meet-ings at the various programs in the jurisdiction.Observers recorded the amounts of time (in min-utes) spent on treatment topics and activities.

Counselor Surveys. Treatment programadministrators also provided a list of staff whowere directly involved in the delivery of servicesto drug court offenders. During the site visit, theresearchers provided each of these counselorswith a survey packet that was to be returned bymail. A total of 54 of the 92 counselors (58 per-cent) completed the survey. The items compris-ing these two questionnaires largely mirror thosedeveloped by Taxman, Simpson and Piquero(2002), including items representing conflict,labeling, social control, social learning, social dis-

3The methodology used the retrospective study to examineprogram compliance, completion, and recidivism foroffenders participating in the drug court.A prospectivestudy occurred with the treatment system to explore someof the issues related to the delivery of treatment system.Refer to Taxman, et al. for a discussion of the methodology(2002).

Page 8: a journal of correctional philosophy and practice · PUBLISHED BY The Administrative Office of the United States Court Leonidas Ralph Mecham,Director John M. Hughes,Assistant Director

organization and other theories, including cogni-tive-behavioral (CBT) approaches.

Summary of Main Findings

Characteristics of the Drug Treatment Courts

The four drug courts included in this study adapt-ed the general features of the drug court model tofit their particular needs. The courts for the mostpart were post-plea, except for site 4 (pre-plea).The courts used the existing judicial infrastructureto deliver services, holding status hearings weekly,except in site 2, where the hearings occurred twicea month. None of the four courts had a structuredset of sanction protocols (i.e., graduated sanctionsmenus). Except for site 3, drug testing was admin-istered by the treatment service agencies, with thetreatment system sharing information on the test-ing results with court personnel. Drug testingtended to be more frequent in the early phases ofthe drug court program and was generally lessintense as clients progressed in the program.

Treatment services were delivered either by anarray of local providers (sites 2 and 3) or by a spe-cial treatment provider that had been contractedby the court (sites 1 and 4), as specified in Table 1.Both models of service acquisition included someaccess to residential drug treatment services ifneeded. Treatment services were offered duringthe full duration of the drug court period, rangingfrom 12 to 15 months,a treatment duration that isconsistent with the recommendations of theNational Association of Drug Court Professionals(1997). The drug treatment providers tend to becommunity-based organizations that are part ofeither the public health system or private agencies.Many offer a variety of services, including groupcounseling, relapse prevention (later phases),social and coping skills, and case managementservices. Support services are often offeredthrough the local self-help community (AA, 12-step programs) in each jurisdiction. In one site thetreatment providers have a formalized treatmentcurriculum to guide the treatment services. Theuse of a formalized curriculum has been suggest-ed to be an important component of effectivetreatment services (Lamb, Greenlick & McCarty,1998). None of the courts used a closed group for-mat for treatment services (see Table 1).

Each court has a different process for deter-mining who is eligible for participation in thedrug court program. In two sites, the initial legalreview of a case (of current offense and criminalhistory) is performed by prosecutors (sites 2 and4), while probation performs this review in theother two sites (sites 1 and 3). None of the sitesused a standard risk tool to guide the legal decision.

The legal screening generally precedes the clinicalscreening/assessment; the decision-making processmeans that the severity of the substance abuse needis usually secondary to the participant’s legal (offenseand history) eligibility.

Characteristics of the Participants inDrug Treatment Courts

Table 2 presents the characteristics of the offendersparticipating in the four drug courts. Drug courtparticipants tended to be male, with an average agerange of 29 to 33 years old, and less than a third areemployed at the time of placement in drug court.For the most part,offenders in these courts have hada significant criminal justice history, with over 59percent having two or more prior arrests. Many ofthe offenders have also had arrests for personal andproperty offenses. The instant offense tends to be adrug crime, with a majority of the offenses beingfelonies.Prior substance abuse treatment experiencevaried by site, from 18 to 48 percent of participants.

Compliance with Drug Treatment CourtRequirements

In the four drug courts under study, the typicaloffender participated in the following weeklyactivities during the initial stages of the drugcourt program, generally for the first two months:two drug tests, two or three treatment sessions(for 90 to 120 minutes each), and one status hear-ing (except at site 2, where the status hearing wasbi-weekly). Some drug courts also required theoffender to have contact with the case manager orsupervision staff. While the logic behind thestructured intervention is compatible with thegoals of assisting the addict-offender to becomecommitted to recovery and to be held account-able for his/her behavior, Table 3 illustrates theactual amount of participation in all phases ofthe program. (No information was available onstatus hearings in the case or automated files.)

Graduation Rates and Length of Time inDrug Court. The percentage of offenders suc-cessfully completing the drug court programranges from 29 percent (site 4) to 47 percent (site3). Most surprising is the actual length of timethat the offenders participate in the drug courtprogram. In each drug court, the expected dura-tion of the program is 12 months. In this four-drug-court sample, it was common practice forboth successful (average duration of 15 months)and unsuccessful graduates (average duration of10 months) to participate in the program up tofour times the expected program length (with amaximum duration of 44 months).

The four courts frequently allow offenders to

extend their time in the drug court program;and, for those with more significant complianceproblems, offenders can still be unsuccessfullyterminated from the drug court program eventhough they have exhausted their time obligationin drug court. Across the four drug courts, slight-ly over 22 percent of the cases of unsuccessfulgraduates spent more than 12 months in drugcourt programming. Similarly, 53 percent of thesuccessful graduates of these drug courts partici-pated in the program well past the expected pro-gram length, suggesting that the 12-month timeframe is generally too short to address the relaps-ing behavior and addictive nature of the addic-tion, or that the structured nature of the programis too demanding for many offenders to complywith all components. Alternatively, the compo-nents of the program are insufficient to addressthe recovery needs of the offender.

An analysis of the individual profiles ofoffenders finds significant differences between thetypes of offenders that are likely to successfullycomplete the drug court. In all sites except site 2,Caucasians are more likely to complete thanAfrican Americans or Hispanics—a commonfinding of other drug court programs. Graduatesare also more likely to have higher educationalbackgrounds (high school diploma or above)than unsuccessfully terminated clients. Users ofcocaine/crack, amphetamines, and opiates arealso less likely to graduate than users of marijua-na. In two sites (sites 2 and 3), it was found thatparticipants with a history of prior substanceabuse treatment are less likely to graduate thanparticipants who are receiving treatment for thefirst time. At the two urban locations (sites 3 and4), it was found that participants with more seri-ous criminal histories are also less likely to suc-ceed in drug court. This pattern suggests thatsome drug court programs have difficulty in deal-ing with participants presenting more severe drugusing and criminal behaviors.

Drug Testing Compliance. On average, 64percent of the successful graduates and 81 per-cent of the terminated offenders test positive atleast once during their drug court programexperience. Program compliance with drug test-ing requirements varies significantly but overallthose that do not graduate tend to be less likelyto meet the drug testing requirements.

Drug Treatment Compliance. Offendersthat are unsuccessful graduates are more likely tomiss treatment sessions. Overall, 62 percent ofthe graduates meet at least 75 percent of theirtreatment sessions, as compared to 21 percent ofthe offenders that were terminated from drugcourt.A review of the compliance with treatment

DRUG TREATMENT IN THE COMMUNITY Volume 67 Number 26

Page 9: a journal of correctional philosophy and practice · PUBLISHED BY The Administrative Office of the United States Court Leonidas Ralph Mecham,Director John M. Hughes,Assistant Director

September 2003 DRUG TREATMENT IN THE COMMUNITY 7

data illustrates that many offenders who success-fully graduate are required to repeat variousphases of the court program, with 30 percent ofthe graduates in treatment for 1.5 times theexpected number of treatment sessions.

Rearrest Rates within Program. Of all ofthe participants, 14 percent of the completers and42 percent of the terminated clients were arrestedduring program participation (including theextended time, beyond the 12 month that theoffender remained in the program). Sixteen (16)percent of the arrestees were arrested more thanonce during the drug court program for new

offenses. (Technical violations such as failure-to-appear were not considered in the new arrests.)

Rearrest Rates Post Program. As shown inTable 3, terminated clients are more likely to berearrested for new offenses than are the programcompleters. Rearrest rates varied by site, but over-all 9 percent of those successfully completing theprogram and 41 percent of those discharged wererearrested for a new offense within twelve months.Overall, those successfully completing the pro-gram took about 6.6 months till rearrest, whereasthose terminated took an average of 4.5 months.

Understanding the Dimensionsof Drug Treatment Services

The second part of the study explored the natureof the drug treatment services delivered to drugcourt offenders to understand some of the resultsfrom the drug court participation. This section ofthe study involved the use of surveys and directobservations to quantify the services provided inorder to understand the treatment programcompliance and completion rates.

General Counselor Characteristics. Table 4describes the basic information about the groupof counselors working with these drug-involved

Site 1 Site 2 Site 3 Site 4

Drug Court Structure Post-plea, Post-plea, Post-plea, Pre-plea, post adjudication post adjudication post adjudication pre-adjudication

Date of Inception 1997 1997 1993 1993

Program Length 15 months 3,6,9,12 months 12 months 12 months

Status Hearing

Status Hearings Weekly Bi-Weekly Weekly Weekly

Drug Testing

Random Testing Yes No Yes Yes

Tested By Treatment Treatment External Treatment

Amount by Phase 2x week, 2 months 2x week, 3 months 2x week, 2 months 2x week, 2 months2x week, 4 months 1x week, 3 months 1x week, 4 months 1x week, 4 months1x week, 3 months 1x biweekly, 3 months 1x week, 3 months 1x week, 4 monthsMonthly, 6 months Random, 3 months

TreatmentNo. of Providers One Private Two Private Multiple Contractors to County Health

County Health County Health

Differentiated Tracks3 One 2 drug court tracks One Six treatment tracks4 treatment tracks

Phase I 2 months 3 months 4 months 4 months

Phase II 4 months 3 months 4 months 4 months

Phase III 3 months 3 months 4 months 4 months

Phase IV 6 months 3 months NA NA

Closed Groups No No No No

Formalized Curriculum No Yes Yes (some) Yes

Indv Counseling in No Yes Yes Yesaddition to Group

TABLE 1Cross-Site Comparisons of Drug Court Structure, Operations and Phases

3Does not include participants placed in residential treatment.

Page 10: a journal of correctional philosophy and practice · PUBLISHED BY The Administrative Office of the United States Court Leonidas Ralph Mecham,Director John M. Hughes,Assistant Director

FEDERAL PROBATION Volume 67 Number 28

Site 1 Site 2 Site 3 Site 4 Total

Prior Criminal HistoryNumber of Prior Arrests

None 10.9 34.9 8.6 22.1 17.9

One 23.2 20.8 14.7 28.5 23.1

Two or More 65.9 44.3 76.7 49.4 59

Mean Number of Prior Arrests 3.6 1.9 6.7 2.2 3.7

Types of Prior Arrests

Personal 13.0 7.6 12.7 9.3 10.8

Property 29.5 19.2 23.1 27.1 25.5

Motor Vehicle/DWI 5.2 28.7 3.2 2.4 4.7

Drug 38.8 37.7 50.7 54.7 50.6

Other 13.6 6.8 10.3 6.5 8.5

Drug Court Arrest

Personal 6.4 2.1 8.9 2.3 4.7

Property 22.3 7.3 9.3 9.7 10.6

Motor Vehicle 0.5 1.6 2.4 0.1 0.9

Drug 63.2 53.1 67.4 85.8 75.4

DUI/DWI 4.1 34.4 7.5 0.8 5.9

Other 3.6 1.6 4.7 1.2 2.5

Drug Court Arrest

% Felony 65.2 63.5 - 96.8 59.7

Substance AbuseEver Used (Lifetime)

Alcohol 95.9 89.1 68.7 88.8 80.8

Marijuana 93.2 100 59.5 85.1 76.5

Crack/Cocaine 81.8 29.2 30.2 53.6 44.1

Amphetamines 5.0 58.9 67.5 19.7 43.7

Opiates 22.3 7.3 18.5 1.4 12.6

Other 38.2 24 10.4 14.1 16.9

Use Last 30 Days

Alcohol 44.1 21.4 55.0 64.0 52.2

Marijuana 40.5 92.7 45.4 61.9 55.3

Crack/Cocaine 35.0 27.6 20.7 29.0 26.0

h

TABLE 2Characteristics of Offenders Participating in Drug Courts by Site

Page 11: a journal of correctional philosophy and practice · PUBLISHED BY The Administrative Office of the United States Court Leonidas Ralph Mecham,Director John M. Hughes,Assistant Director

September 2003 DRUG TREATMENT IN THE COMMUNITY 9

offenders. Counselors at these programs appearto have an average of four years of experienceproviding substance abuse treatment. The extentto which they had obtained advanced academicdegrees varied by site, but it was generally low.Counselors generally work 30 to 40 hours perweek, conducting between 3 and 6 group meet-ings (lasting from 6 to 8 hours total) per week.Overall, across all sites counselors reported that 41percent of their time was spent in clinical tasks suchas group or individual counseling with the remain-der of their work time devoted to various adminis-trative tasks (e.g., intakes, assessments, etc.). Groupsize was generally consistent across sites at about 10to 13 clients per group, with caseloads rangingfrom 25 to nearly 77 offenders per counselor.

Counselors’ Philosophies of EffectiveTreatment. Table 5 presents the important com-ponents of effective drug treatment as rated bythe counselors working with drug court clients.Counselors rated their agreement with each ofthese statements using a five-point Likert scale(“1” = “strongly agreed with the statement,”“5”=“strongly disagreed with the statement”). (Referto Taxman, Simpson, and Piquero (2002) for adiscussion about the instrument.) Overall, thefindings show that counselors find most compo-nents to be relevant and agree that they need topart of a drug court program. This pattern ofresults suggests that the sample of drug court-involved counselors appear to rely upon a widerange of approaches to treatment, apparentlybeing willing to apply almost any technique. Itmay also suggest that counselors do not general-ly have a strong affiliation or understanding ofany particular approach to treatment, or thatthey do not implement a coherent treatmentstrategy in their programs.

Observation of Treatment Services. Table 6presents information representing the proportion

of all observed meetings in which any item fromeach category of treatment intervention occurred.For example, in site 1 (with five separate treatmentprograms observed) on average, only about 22 per-cent of the observed meetings contained any dis-cussion of cognitive-behavioral components.Despite the vast literature demonstrating the effec-tiveness of cognitive-behavioral treatment compo-nents for dealing with substance abusers,no site hadmore than 22 percent of the observed meetingsinclude these treatment components. Items in theeducation/aftercare category (mostly informationalcomponents, such as teaching clients the basic con-cepts and vocabulary associated with treatment orthe impacts of various drug classes) were also rela-tively rarely employed in these programs. Similarly,items drawn from the Alcoholics Anonymous (i.e.,Disease Model) and Therapeutic CommunityModels (e.g., confrontation, the reliance on peersas the agent of change) were also relatively rarelyemployed (in less than 20 percent of meetings).

Finally, treatment components aimed atcreating a safe (physically and psychological-ly) environment for clients, as well as thosefostering self-exploration, were somewhatmore commonly employed, particularly in theprograms operating in two sites where theseitems occurred in only about 25 percent ofobserved meetings. The observations revealedthat the counselors in this sample of drugcourts were employing a relatively wide rangeof treatment activities in group sessions. Onthe other hand, the cost of this diversity intreatment components appears to be thatmost topic areas are dealt with sparingly.Stated simply, treatment sessions tend to pres-ent a wide range of information in a largelysuperficial and brief manner.

Results presented in Table 7 are consistentwith the survey findings that counselors use avariety of treatment components in a generallysuperficial approach to treatment. The coun-

selors are dealing with a wide range of treatmentissues in a “broad-based” manner, which is evi-dent in the amount of time in a given meetingthat is spent on any particular topic. For instance,in site 3, the average amount of meeting timespent on cognitive-behavioral components was11 percent. Thus if the average group session wasone and a half (1.5) hours, clients in these meet-ings would have spent approximately 10 minutesdiscussing cognitive-behavioral treatment com-ponents. Site 2 spent the most time addressingcognitive-behavioral components (26 percent ofthe meeting time in meetings where CBToccurred). The treatment topic area that receivedthe most intense discussion (when it was pre-sented) was the education/aftercare area.

Discussion and Implications ofthe Findings

This study was designed to examine how treatmentservices were provided to offenders who participat-ed in a drug court in one of four settings. The retro-spective analysis found that drug court programcompletion rates are low,ranging from 29 to 48 per-cent. This is on par with or slightly better than thetypical outpatient drug treatment program,as deter-mined by a nationwide study of outcomes fromdrug treatment programs (Simpson, et al., 1997),although drug court treatment services are providedfor nearly four times the length of the traditionaloutpatient programming. It is apparent that pro-gram compliance varies considerably but fewoffenders are in total compliance. In each of thesefour drug courts,53 percent of the graduates and 23percent of the terminators were in drug court formore than the expected 12-month program—somefor up to twice as long—presumably due to compli-ance problems. [The data available for this studyonly allow us to postulate this as a possible explana-tion.] The program failures are more likely to be

Amphetamines 0.0 13.5 51.3 6.2 26.4

Opiates 13.2 0.5 11.5 0.4 7.1

Other 6.4 6.8 9.0 2.7 6.5

% Prior Treatment Experience 48.2 27.1 17.8 37.5 28.2

Demographics% Male 80 79 46 72 65

% Caucasian 54 79 69 32 49

Mean Age 29 33 33 29 31

% High School Graduate/GED 37 63 25 52 40

% Employed at Admission 33 63 28 43 37

Page 12: a journal of correctional philosophy and practice · PUBLISHED BY The Administrative Office of the United States Court Leonidas Ralph Mecham,Director John M. Hughes,Assistant Director

rearrested both within drug court program and postdrug court program than program graduates.

A review of the qualitative data offers someinsight into some of the program compliance,completion rates, and rearrest rates. The treat-ment providers for the drug court program,whether they are contractors or part of the pub-lic health system, and whether they operate bothwithin the drug court setting or in their own clin-ics, appear to be providing treatment program-ming noted by the researchers in DATOS—a lit-tle bit of everything (Etheridge, et al., 1997;Simpson et al., 1997). The survey data revealthat treatment counselors do not have a phi-

losophy of treatment and believe that a widerange of interventions is needed in treating theaddict-offender population. Observationsconfirmed the survey data—counselors cov-ered a wide range of material but spent littletime and activities on skill developmentamong the addict-offenders. The treatmentservices, although long in duration, did nothave specific recovery goals. That is, the ten-dency is to use counselor-driven sessions thatdo not reflect a specific recovery philosophy,do not emphasize cognitive development, ordo not focus on behavioral skill development.In essence, the practice does not appear to

reinforce the Drug Court goals in that thetreatment does not necessarily focus on thedrug using habits of drug-involved offenders.In this manner, the drug treatment court pro-gramming—testing, treatment, sanctions, andstatus hearings—may not achieve one of thekey goals of the drug court.

Given the qualitative data of observations andsurvey data of treatment counselors, it seems plausi-ble that some of the compliance problems observedin the retrospective analysis may be due to the qual-ity of services provided, the offender’s perceptionthat the services are not beneficial, or the offender’slow level of satisfaction with the services provided.

FEDERAL PROBATION Volume 67 Number 210

Site 1 Site 2 Site 3 Site 4 Site 5

% Graduate 31.8% 48.4% 36.2% 29.0% 33.1%

Expected Length 15 months 12 months 12 months 12 months 12 months

G/T G/T G/T G/T G/T

Sample Size 70/150 93/99 262/461 354/878 779/1578

Program Length

Maximum Months in Drug Court 42/44 33/36 33/42 45/43 45/44

Mean Months in Drug Court 20.9/9.8 12.6/8.8 14.6/8.1 16.4/11.0 15.7/9.9

% In Drug Court for More than 12 Months

65.7/14.7 50.5/22.2 51.7/15.2 54.0/28.6 53.8/23.1

Drug Testing

% Positive 57.1/81.9 52.6/89.8 53.8/60.5 63.9/88.5 63.9/81.4

% Meet 75% of Required Tests 100/64.3 55.1/18.3 35.2/22.1 69.8/31.9 62.9/23.3

Drug Treatment% Meet 75% of Required Treatment Sessions

97.1/53.1 92.0/31.2 31.0/13.7 68.3/9.8 61.9/20.7

Rearrest Rates

Within Program 9/15* 11/19* 21/73* 12/23* 14/42*

12 Months Post Drug Court 6/21* 11/39* 13/53* 7/38* 9/41*

Means Months to Rearrest 4.5/4.5 7.6/4.6 6.9/4.2 6.3/4.7 6.6/4.5

TABLE 3Compliance with Drug Court Program Components and Time Spent in Drug Court by Graduation Status

G=Successful Graduates; T=Unsuccessful*P<.05

Page 13: a journal of correctional philosophy and practice · PUBLISHED BY The Administrative Office of the United States Court Leonidas Ralph Mecham,Director John M. Hughes,Assistant Director

September 2003 DRUG TREATMENT IN THE COMMUNITY 11

The observations and surveys confirm that there is aneed for more attention to the nature of clinicalservices delivered to the offender population.

Conclusion and Steps for Integration

Failures on community supervision account fornearly 40 percent of the new intake to prison.Many of these failures are due to offenders notmeeting the treatment conditions of release. Thiscase study illustrated that supervision systems,and specialized programs like drug courts, needto attend to the issues of the treatment servicesoffered to offenders participating in outpatientcommunity-based programs. The findings fromthis study should persuade justice professionalsto focus on the concept of integrated manage-ment of service delivery, not merely coordina-tion. The importance of cognitive-behavioralservices focused on skill development and recov-ery processes of offenders (Sherman, et al, 1997;Taxman, 1999). Yet, in these drug courts thetreatment did not necessarily deliver the services.

The movement towards integration of serviceswill require consideration of the following:1. Justice and treatment teams should use quality

assurance methods of treatment, testing, statushearings, sanctions and rewards to ensure thatthe supervision and treatment services are beingdelivered as planned. Quality assurance tech-niques should establish measurable standardsfor all components of the programming.

2. Treatment programming would benefit from acurriculum-driven clinical programming wherethere are measurable objectives.The curriculumprovides a mechanism to ensure that counselorsand clinical staff subscribe to a recovery process,and that the recovery process is being presentedand developed in components that the offend-ers can comprehend.

3. Treatment programming may be focused onachieving clinical goals in each stage beforeproceeding to the next level.

4. Treatment programming may be assessedbased on the severity of drug use and criminalbehavior of drug court offenders. The pro-

gramming may attend to substance abuse andcriminal value systems to ensure offenderlong-term change.

5. Staff development of treatment and justice staff(e.g. judge, prosecutor, defender, supervisionagent, etc.) may ensure that staff adopt a phi-losophy of recovery, a treatment curriculum,and directive skills that the addict-offendershould develop during the drug court. Cross-training is critical to ensure that all treatmentand justice programming reinforces the goals.

6. Treatment counselors and clinicians and themanagement of the program need to establishan operating philosophy that guides the caregiven to offenders.

7. Justice officials may compliment the treatmentprogramming by using contingency manage-ment or graduated sanction/reward protocols.Research continues to find that structured,well-articulated behavioral expectations withset consequences are more likely to producebehavioral outcomes than responses that tendto be erratic.

Site 1 Site 2 Site 3 Site 4 TotalCounselor Characteristic

Respondents 3 3 21 8 38

(% Of solicited) (50%) (30%) (65.6%) (53.3%) (54.4%)

% In Recovery 0 66.6% 38% 50% 40%

Modal Highest Degree Held B.A. Ph.D. <H.S. B.A. <H.S.

(% w/modal degree) (100%) M.A.,<H.S. (48%) (50%) (40%)

Mean Years Providing Drug Treatment 04.0 02.5 04.7 06.1 04.8

Mean Age in Years 28.7 51.0 42.2 36.5 40.5

% White Counselors 33.3% 66.6% 19% 38% 28.6%

% African American Counselors 66.6% 33.3% 24% 25% 28.6%

Mean Hours Worked Week 40.0 27.2 40.3 30.0 36.8

Mean Number of Clients Assigned to Counselor

76.7 28.7 34.3 25.0 35.3

Mean Weekly Number of Groups (Hours/Week)

03.0 05.7 04.7 04.3 04.5

(6.2 hours) (8.0 hours) (8.2 hours) (6.8 hours) (7.6 hours)

TABLE 4General Counselor Characteristics

†- Data is from counselors who responded from all five of the programs examined at this site.‡ - Data is from counselors who responded from both of the treatment programs at this site.

Page 14: a journal of correctional philosophy and practice · PUBLISHED BY The Administrative Office of the United States Court Leonidas Ralph Mecham,Director John M. Hughes,Assistant Director

FEDERAL PROBATION Volume 67 Number 212

References

Backer, T. E., David, S. L., & Soucy, G. (1995).Reviewing the behavioral science knowledgebase on technology transfer. Introduction.NIDA Research Monograph (155), pp. 1-20.

Banks, D., & Gottfredson, D. (2003) The effects ofdrug treatment and supervision on time torearrest among drug treatment court partic-ipants. Journal of Drug Issues, forthcoming.

Belenko, S. (1999). Research on drug courts: Acritical review. 1999 Update. National DrugCourt Institute Review, II (2): 1-58.

Belenko, S. (2001) Research on drug courts: Acritical review. 2001 Update. New York: TheNational Center on Addiction and SubstanceAbuse at Columbia University.

Bonczar, T. P. (1997). Characteristics of adults onprobation, 1995. Washington, DC: Bureau ofJustice Statistics.

Bureau of Justice Statistics (2000). Correctionalpopulations in the United States, 1997.Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice.

Bureau of Justice Statistics (1998). Probationand parole populations, 1997. Washington,DC: U.S. Department of Justice.

Chao, M., Sullivan, K., Harwood, R., Schildhaus, S,Zhand,Z,& Imhof,L.(2000).Survey ofsubstanceabuse treatment providers as information cus-tomers. Washington, DC: U.S. Department ofHealth and Human Services Substance Abuse

Site 1 Site 2 Site 3 Site 4 TotalEffective Component Scales

Conflict 1.4 1.8 1.8 2.2 1.9

Labeling 1.3 1.3 1.5 1.6 1.5

Social Control 1.0 1.6 1.6 1.4 1.5

Social Disorganization 1.8 1.8 1.9 1.9 1.9

Social Learning 1.8 1.7 1.5 1.3 1.5

Strain 1.6 1.5 1.5 1.2 1.4

Anti-social Values 1.8 1.8 1.6 1.4 1.6

Cognitive Skills Deficits 1.6 1.7 1.6 1.3 1.5

Disease Model 1.8 2.8 1.7 1.8 1.8

Psychopathic Character 1.8 2.8 1.9 2.3 2.1

TABLE 5Mean Scores for Counselors’ Philosophy of Effective Components(1=Strongly Agree, 5=Strongly Disagree)

†- Mean response for each scale is presented for responding counselors from all five of the programs at this site.‡ - Mean response for each scale is presented for responding counselors from both treatment programs at this site.

Site 1 Site 2 Site 3 Site 4 Total% Meetings

Cognitive-Behavioral Items 19.5 16.8 22.4 15.3 18.5

Education and Aftercare Items 7.2 5.5 10.2 5.1 7.0

Safety and Self-Exploration Items 21.8 14.8 26.1 12.2 18.8

12-Steps (AA/NA) or Therapeutic Community (TC) 14.3 6.9 13.2 19.7 13.5

TABLE 6Observation of Treatment Meetings(Percent of Meetings Observed Containing at Least One Item from the Category)

†- Data is presented from the average of five treatment programs at this site.‡- Data is presented from the average of two treatment programs at this site.

Page 15: a journal of correctional philosophy and practice · PUBLISHED BY The Administrative Office of the United States Court Leonidas Ralph Mecham,Director John M. Hughes,Assistant Director

September 2003 DRUG TREATMENT IN THE COMMUNITY 13

and Mental Health Services Administration:Center for Substance Abuse Treatment.

Cooper, C. (2001). 2000 drug court survey report:Program operations, services & participantperspectives. Washington D.C.: AmericanUniversity Technical Assistance Unit.

Craddock,S.G.,Rounds-Bryant, J.L.,Flynn,P.M.,&Hubbard, R. L. (1997). Characteristics and pre-treatment behaviors of clients entering drugabuse treatment: 1969 to 1993. AmericanJournal of Drug and Alcohol Abuse 23 (1),43-59.

Farabee, D., Prendergast, M. L., & Anglin, M. D.(1998). The effectiveness of coerced treat-ment for drug-abusing offenders. FederalProbation, 62, 3-10.

Farabee, D., Prendergast, M. L., Cartier, J., Wexler,W., Knight., K., & Anglin, M. D. (1999).Barriers to implementing effective correction-al treatment programs.The Prison Journal, 79,150-162.

Farabee, D., Shen, H., Hser, Y., Grella, C. E., &Anglin,M.D.(2001).The effect of drug treat-ment on criminal behavior among adoles-cents in DATOS-A. Journal of AdolescentResearch, 16 (6), 679-696.

Etheridge, R.M., Hubbard, R.L., Anderson, J.,Craddock, S.G., & Flynn, P. 1997. Treatmentstructure and program services in the drug abusetreatment outcome study (DATOS), Psychologyof Addictive Behavior, 11(4): 244-260.

Goldkamp,J.S.,White,M.D.,& Robinson,J.B.(2001).Do drug courts work? Getting inside the drugcourt black box.Journal of Drug Issues,31:27-72.

Gottfredson, D., Najaka, S., & Kearley, B. (2002).Effectiveness of drug treatment courts:Evidence from a randomized trial.Criminology and Public Policy, forthcoming.

Harrell, A., Cavanagh, S., & Roman, J. (1998)Findings from the evaluation of the D.C.superior court drug intervention program:final report. Washington D.C.: The UrbanInstitute.

Hiller, M. L., Knight, K., Broome, K. M., &Simpson, D. D. (1998). Legal pressure andtreatment retention in a national sample oflong-term residential programs. CriminalJustice and Behavior, 25 (4), 463-481.

Knight, K., Hiller, M. L., Broome, K. M., &Simpson, D. D. (2000). Legal pressure, treat-ment readiness, and engagement in long-term residential programs. Journal ofOffender Rehabilitation, 31, 101-115.

Lamb, S., Greenlick, M., & McCarty, D. (1998)Bridging the gap between practice and research:Forging partnerships with community baseddrug and alcohol treatment. Washington, D.C.:National Academy Press.

Mumola, C. J. (1999). Substance abuse and treat-ment, state and federal prisoners, 1997.Washington, DC: Bureau of Justice Statistics.

National Institute on Drug Abuse.(1999).Principles of drug addiction treatment: Aresearch based guide. Rockville, MD:National Institutes of Health, NIHPublication No. 99-4180.

National Association of Drug Court Professionals(1997) Defining drug court: The key compo-nents.Washington,D.C.: Drug Court ProgramOffice, Office of Justice Programs.

Peters, R. H. & Murrin, M.R. (1998) Evaluationof treatment-based drug courts in Florida’sfirst judicial circuit. Tampa, FL: Departmentof Mental Health, Law and Policy. Louis dela Parte Florida Mental Health Institute,University of Southern Florida.

Simpson, D. D., Joe, G. W., Fletcher, B. W.,Hubbard, R. L., & Anglin, M. D. (1997) Anational evaluation of treatment outcomesfor cocaine dependence. Archives of GeneralPsychiatry, 56, 507-514.

Sherman, L. W., Gottfredson, D., MacKenzie, D.L., Eck, J., Reuter, P., & Bushway, S. (1997).Preventing Crime: What Works, WhatDoesn't, What's Promising. Washington DC:Office of Justice Programs.

Simpson, D. D., & Joe, G.W. (1993). Motivation asa predictor of early dropout from drug abusetreatment. Psychotherapy, 30 (2), 357-368.

Simpson, D. D., Joe, G. W., Broome, K. M., Hiller,M. L., Knight, K., & Rowan-Szal, G. A.(1997). Program diversity and treatmentretention rates in the drug abuse treatmentoutcome study (DATOS). Psychology ofAddictive Behaviors 11 (4), 279-293.

Taxman, F.S (2002). Examining the effectivenessof supervision: new approaches to supervi-sion, Federal Probation.

Site 1 Site 2 Site 3 Site 4 Total% of Time

Cognitive-Behavioral Items 08.2 26.5 11.1 16.6 15.6

Education and Aftercare Items 30.5 42.7 27.0 27.3 31.9

Safety and Self-Exploration Items 13.7 08.6 15.2 14.5 13.0

12-Steps (AA/NA) or Therapeutic Community (TC) 06.0 07.2 03.5 12.4 07.3

TABLE 7Observation of Treatment Time(Percent of Treatment Time Spent on Items in the Categorya

a – Time spent on topics rated as “other” is not included in this table, nor is time spent on breaks taken during the groups’ scheduled meeting times.†- Data is presented from the average of five treatment programs at this site.‡- Data is presented from the average of two treatment programs at this site.

Page 16: a journal of correctional philosophy and practice · PUBLISHED BY The Administrative Office of the United States Court Leonidas Ralph Mecham,Director John M. Hughes,Assistant Director

Taxman, F. S. (1999). Unraveling what works foroffenders in substance abuse treatmentservices. National Drug Court InstituteReview, II (2): 94-133.

Taxman, F. S., & Bouffard, J. A. (2000). Theimportance of systems issues in improvingoffender outcomes: Critical elements oftreatment integrity. Justice Research andPolicy, 2 (2), 9-30.

Taxman, F. S., & Messina, N. (2001). Civil com-mitment and mandatory treatment. In C. G.Leukefeld, F. Tims, & D. Farabee Treatment

of Drug Offenders: Policies and Issues, pp.301-318. New York: Springer.

Taxman, F.S. & J. Bouffard (2002). TreatmentInside the Drug Court: The who, what,where, and how of treatment services,Journal of Substance Use and Misuse, Vol 37(12/13):1665-1688.

Taxman, F.S., S. Simpson, & N. Piquero (2002).Measuring and calibrating therapeutic inte-gration in drug treatment programs. Journalof Criminal Justice. Vol 30: 159-173.

Turner, S., Longshore, D., Wenzel, S., Deschenes,E., Greenwood, P., Fain, T., Harrell, A.,Morral, A., Taxman, F.S., Iguchi, M., Greene,J., & McBride, D. (2002). A decade of drugtreatment research. Substance Use & Misuse.Vol 37 (12/13):1489-1527.

Tyler, T. R. (1990) Why people obey the law. NewHaven: CT: Yale University Press.

FEDERAL PROBATION Volume 67 Number 214

Page 17: a journal of correctional philosophy and practice · PUBLISHED BY The Administrative Office of the United States Court Leonidas Ralph Mecham,Director John M. Hughes,Assistant Director

The Design of Social Support Networksfor Offenders in Outpatient DrugTreatment

Mark D. Litt,

University of Connecticut Health Center

Sharon D. Mallon,

University of Connecticut

September 2003 15

IT HAS OFTEN BEEN noted that themost significant challenge in treating drugdependence is not the attainment of initial absti-nence, but avoiding relapse after treatment hasstarted. Marlatt (1985) estimated that fully one-third of individuals treated for alcoholism relapsein the first 90 days after completion of treatment.In a review of treatment effectiveness, Nathan(1986) noted that one to two years after treat-ment, fewer than half of patients maintain sobri-ety. Figures for relapse from drug treatment arecomparable, especially among criminal offenderpopulations (Hoffman & Miller, 1993). Despiteincreased attention to the problem of relapse inthe last decade, few interventions have been ableto effectively counter the relapse phenomenon.

In order to address the relapse issue, treatmentprograms have long sought to bolster clients’social support networks (Strauss & Falkin, 2001).There is empirical support for this approach withreleased offenders. Broome et al. (1997), forinstance, examined predictors of drug-relatedproblems and rearrest in probationers. Resultsindicated that social network, in the form ofdrug-using peers, was a direct contributor to bothrecidivism and problems related to drug use.

In practice, efforts to increase social supportare informal or non-systematic, are not the mainfocus of the intervention, and occur in the con-text of overall case management (e.g., Buckley &Bigelow, 1992). Additionally, the rationale forsocial and family support is usually not dis-cussed: the provision of social support, particu-larly family support, is usually taken for grantedas beneficial. This article will review the existingliterature on the design and implementation of

social support networks as treatments oradjuncts to treatment for drug-dependent indi-viduals, especially those who have been involvedin the criminal justice system. The authors willargue that social support networks are more thanjust sources of emotional support; they can applybehavioral contingencies that can change theclient’s drug using and prosocial behavior afterconventional treatment is finished.

Social Support–A BehavioralAnalysis

A behavioral formulation of the treatment andrelapse processes suggests that individualsderive reinforcement for abstinence behaviorduring treatment, but that after leaving thetreatment milieu, they once again encounterstimuli for drug use, and drug use is reinforced(e.g., Bigelow, Brooner & Silverman, 1998).Data indicate that alcohol and drug abusersderive less reinforcement from non-drug activ-ities in their home environments than do non-drug users. Surveys of activities in these groupsshow that drug users spend much less timethan do non-drug users engaged in non-drug-involved leisure or social activities. Van Etten etal. (1998), for example, compared cocaine userswith age-, sex-, and SES-matched controls.Cocaine users reported significantly lower fre-quency of engagement in positive-mood-relat-ed activities than did the controls. Carroll(1996) therefore concluded that the availabilityof non-drug reinforcement could reduce theacquisition and use of illicit drugs.

The same appears to be true of alcoholabusers. In their examination of the BehavioralChoice Model of substance misuse, Vuchinichand Tucker (Tucker et al., 1985; Vuchinich &Tucker, 1988) reviewed the literature on alcoholconsumption and the availability of alternativereinforcers in alcohol dependent and abusingindividuals. They concluded that drinking isincreased when access to reinforcers alternative toalcohol is constrained. Conversely, when access toalcohol is constrained, consumption is decreased.

The treatment setting, especially in prison-based treatment, effectively constrains access todrugs, thus reducing consumption and (theoret-ically) making engagement in treatment-relevantactivities more likely. In addition, some of thetreatment activities will be inherently reinforc-ing, increasing the likelihood that clients willengage in non-drug activities. When people leavetreatment, however, access to drugs is typicallyless constrained, and they often experience fewreinforcers for sobriety to compete with rein-forcement from drug taking.

One potent source of reinforcement for druguse is the client’s social network. It has often beennoted that the social milieu of a drug abuserserves to support the drug use of those in the net-work (e.g., Schroeder, et al., 2001; Steinglass &Wolin, 1974). General social support per se, how-ever, has at best proven to be only a modest pre-dictor of long-term substance abuse treatmentoutcomes (e.g., Dobkin et al., 2002; Goehl,Nunes, Quitkin & Hilton, 1993; Moos, Finney, &Cronkite, 1990; Wasserman, Stewart & Delucchi,2001). It would appear that the target of supportis critical. Longabaugh and Beattie (1985, 1986),

Page 18: a journal of correctional philosophy and practice · PUBLISHED BY The Administrative Office of the United States Court Leonidas Ralph Mecham,Director John M. Hughes,Assistant Director

among others, differentiated drinking-specificsupport from general support, and coined theterm “network support for drinking.” This net-work support construct, designating the amountof support (reinforcement) an individualreceives for drinking or drug use, has been foundto be predictive of poor outcomes in treatment-seeking patients (Beattie, Longabaugh, & Fava,1992; Havassy, Hall & Wasserman, 1991, Havassy,Wasserman & Hall,1995; Longabaugh et al.,1993).

To date the construct of network support hasmostly been used to describe a network support-ive of drug use. Goehl (1993), for instance, notedin a study of 70 methadone patients that havingat least one drug user among those closest to thepatient was highly predictive of positive urinescreenings. Sung, Tabachnick, and Feng (2000)tested several theories for continued drug use in366 convicted heroin users. The hypothesisreceiving the strongest empirical support was thesocial network hypothesis, which asserts that dif-ferent subgroups of drug users develop their ownsubcultures that support drug use. Similar resultswere found by Schroeder et al. (2001). Drug useby members of the social networks of 236 heroinand cocaine users was the strongest predictor ofcontinued drug use by the participants. Amongwomen drug offenders, the most significantmember of the social network is the partner. Useof drugs by the partner has been among thestrongest predictors of drug use by womenoffenders (e.g., Falkin & Strauss, 2003; Pivnick etal., 1994; O’Dell, Turner & Weaver, 1998).

It follows that if a social network that rein-forces drug use leads to more drug use, thennetworks that reinforce being clean and sobershould yield greater drug abstinence. There isindirect evidence for this proposition.Gordon and Zrull (1991), for instance, col-lected social network data on 156 alcoholicpatients and recontacted them one year aftertheir discharge from inpatient treatment. Theauthors concluded that the active support(including participation in treatment) ofnon-drinking friends and coworkers was themost influential factor in recovery. Most pre-dictive of poor outcomes was encouragementof drinking by coworkers, some of whomwere co-drinkers. In a study of predictors ofrelapse in treatment for cocaine, McMahon(2001) reported that quality of the social sup-port network improved in those who main-tained abstinence, whereas relapsers failed toreport this improvement in quality.

Constructing Social Networksfor Treatment

12-Step Fellowships: AlcoholicsAnonymous, Narcotics Anonymous

Perhaps the clearest example of a constructedsocial network that supports sobriety isAlcoholics Anonymous (AA), along with its vari-ous 12-step cousins Narcotics Anonymous (NA),Cocaine Anonymous (CA), and so forth. Thesefellowship programs, whether they are spirituallybased or secular, provide ready-made sobriety-supporting networks, and fulfill several of theconditions required of a behavioral choice modelof relapse prevention (Tucker, et al., 1990). Theprograms provide alternative activities to drink-ing or drug use, they constrain access to drugs (atleast for the time when the person is attending ameeting), and they reinforce sober behavior.

Several studies have provided support for theefficacy of AA or similar groups in reducing druguse. Emrick (1987) found that AA membersachieve abstinence at a higher rate than do pro-fessionally treated alcoholics, and that AA partic-ipants who are more active in the fellowship pro-gram do as well as or better than less activeparticipants. In another study, it was found thatthose who attended a social club for recoveringalcoholics drank less and improved more in gen-eral life functioning (Mallams, Godley, Hall &Meyers, 1982). Data are sparse regarding effec-tiveness of fellowship programs for releasedcriminal offenders. The findings of a meta-analy-sis of data from the Correctional Drug AbuseTreatment Effectiveness project conducted byPearson and Lipton (1999) suggested, however,that promising aftercare treatments included 12-step programs, as well as cognitive-behavioralprograms and methadone maintenance. Thefindings of these studies are consistent with thenotion that social support for sobriety canenhance treatment outcome, but none of themlooked specifically at the level of support fordrinking in their clients’ social networks.

Project MATCH (Project MATCH ResearchGroup, 1977) provided some of the most detailedinformation on social networks in alcoholics todate. With over 1700 clients, this multisite studyof matching patients to treatment collected avariety of social network measures. Analyses ofthe Project MATCH data set indicate that clientswhose social networks were supportive of drink-ing had worse outcomes than those whose socialnetwork did not support drinking (Longabaughet al., 1998). A high level of network support fordrinking was also related to a decreased likeli-hood of involvement in AA.

Additionally, results from Project MATCHindicated that among those with high network

support for drinking, clients who had beenassigned to the Twelve Step Facilitation treatment(TSF; Nowinski, Baker, & Carroll, 1992), in whichattendance at AA was emphasized,had better out-comes than clients assigned to MotivationalEnhancement Therapy (MET). One mechanismfor this effect was that treatment with TSF result-ed in greater involvement in AA, even amongthose with high network support for drinking.Thus, AA involvement by clients with high net-work support for drinking appeared to be at leasta partial mediator of the observed matchingeffect. Clients with both high network support fordrinking and high AA involvement had moreabstinence than those with network support fordrinking who were not involved in AA. In con-trast, for clients whose social network did notsupport continued drinking,AA involvement hadmuch less impact on outcome.

Kaskutas, Bond, and Humphreys (2002) alsoexplored changes in outcomes and social net-works as a function of AA attendance. Theseinvestigators followed 654 alcoholic men andwomen for up to one year after their presentationto treatment. Abstinence at follow-up was signif-icantly predicted by involvement in AA, fewerpro-drinking influences in one’s social network,and greater support for abstinence from peopleencountered in AA.

A similar study by Humphreys and colleagues(Humphreys, Mankowski, Mood & Finney, 1999;Humphreys & Noke, 1997) employed 2,337treated drug-dependent men, many of whomwere criminal offenders. Involvement in mutualhelp fellowships (e.g., NA) predicted reducedsubstance use at one-year follow-up. This rela-tionship was mediated by enhanced friendshipnetworks, characterized by the proportion offriends who abstain from substance use and byincrease in active coping responses.

The implication of these findings is that fel-lowship programs like AA or NA are effective inhelping decrease substance use, and that theireffectiveness is in part due to the delivery ofsocial networks that discourage drug use andpromote prosocial change. A treatment thatencourages a change of social network fromone that is supportive of drinking or drug useto one that is supportive of sobriety will beeffective. And it will be more effective for thosewhose pretreatment environments are initiallymore supportive of drug use.

Community Reinforcement Approaches

One approach that directly seeks to constructsupportive environmental and social networks isreferred to as the Community ReinforcementApproach (CRA). CRA began as a package of

FEDERAL PROBATION Volume 67 Number 216

Page 19: a journal of correctional philosophy and practice · PUBLISHED BY The Administrative Office of the United States Court Leonidas Ralph Mecham,Director John M. Hughes,Assistant Director

September 2003 SOCIAL SUPPORT NETWORKS FOR OFFENDERS 17

treatment components intended to provide thepatient with support for abstinence from sub-stance use in all aspects of his life (Hunt & Azrin,1973), including the vocational, recreational,and family environments, as well as the socialnetwork. Components of the original programincluded job finding, marital therapy, leisurecounseling, reinforcer access counseling, a socialclub, and home visits. Over time Azrin and hiscolleagues added other components, including abuddy system, motivational counseling anddrink refusal instruction (Azrin, 1976; Azrin etal., 1982). The central behavioral rationale forCRA is to reinforce the drug user’s sobriety andencourage the development of activities incom-patible with drug use, such as participation inrecreational and social activities and employ-ment. Possibly because of its all-encompassingnature, CRA has garnered large treatment effectsin clinical trials conducted by the Azrin group,and is considered to be among those substanceabuse treatment modalities that have the bestempirical evidence for effectiveness (Miller et al.,1995; Miller & Wilbourne, 2002).

The most recent large-scale study of CRA inalcoholics was reported by Miller et al. (2001). Inthis study four basic treatments were compared:“Traditional treatment,” an eclectic, alcoholcounseling-based approach; traditional treat-ment plus disulfiram; CRA plus disulfiram; andCRA without disulfiram. The CRA treatmentincluded functional analysis of antecedents andconsequences of drinking, problem-solvingtraining, social skills training, social counseling,vocational counseling, behavioral marital thera-py for those with spouses or partners, relaxationtraining, and drink refusal rehearsal. Overall,results indicated that the CRA groups reportedlower drinking levels than did the traditionaltreatment groups in the first six months of fol-low-up, but that the traditional groups achievedmore continuous abstinence. Both types of treat-ments yielded similar good results in months 16to 24 of the follow-up period. Interestingly, theauthors attribute the advantage of the traditionaltreatments in achieving abstinence to its relianceon referral of clients to AA.

Treatment of drug abuse with CRA has pro-duced some success. Higgins, et al. (1995) report-ed on the effectiveness at one year of two trials inwhich community reinforcement approacheswere compared to traditional drug counseling(Higgins et al., 1993; Higgins, Budney, Bickel,Foerg, et al., 1994). The CRA treatments con-tained five basic elements: 1) minimizing contactswith antecedents to drug use; 2) development ofnew recreational activities to take the place ofdrug use; 3) vocational counseling; 4) relationshipcounseling for those with spouses or partners;

and 5) disulfiram treatment for those with con-current alcohol problems. All treatment groupsimproved through treatment and into the follow-up in terms of cocaine use and indicators on theAddiction Severity Index (ASI; McLellan, et al.,1985). Some efficacy differences did emerge, andthese supported CRA conditions, particularlyduring treatment, when CRA was combined withvouchers that were dispensed contingent uponproduction of clean urines.

Bickel et al. (1997) compared a CRA-plus-vouchers approach to traditional drug counselingwith opiate-dependent subjects in buprenor-phine detoxification. Subjects in this study earnedvouchers contingent upon both production ofclean urines and completion of CRA-relatedactivities.Subjects in the CRA-plus-vouchers con-dition were more likely to complete the detoxifi-cation protocol, and produced more weeks ofcontinuous abstinence than did subjects in thedrug counseling condition. It is not clear fromthis study to what degree completion of CRAactivities specifically accounted for the results, asopposed to reinforcement for clean urines.

Abbott et al. (1998) studied 181 opiate-dependent patients on methadone maintenance.Patients were randomized to 20 weeks of drugcounseling, CRA, or CRA with relapse preven-tion. The combined CRA groups did significant-ly better than the standard group in terms of pro-ducing consecutive opiate-negative urinalysis atthree weeks, and greater improvements in ASIdrug composite scores at six months. Theseresults support the benefit of CRA strategies withopiate-dependent subjects on methadone main-tenance, even without voucher incentives.

Higgins and Abbott (2001) concluded thatCRA has made contributions to the treatmentof drug users apart from that of vouchers. Still,they note that most of the success of CRA withcocaine and opiate abusers has come fromconditions that combined CRA with voucherincentives, and they suggest that voucherincentives be considered as an additional com-ponent to CRA treatment of drug users.

No formal studies of CRA with criminaloffenders have been published, although ele-ments of CRA (e.g., vocational counseling, rela-tionship counseling) have been added to tradi-tional outpatient counseling programs forparolees, and the outcomes of these additionswill be discussed later. Indeed, relatively few clin-ical trials of any sort have employed CRA outsideof those reported by Azrin and his colleagues,and by Higgins and his colleagues in Vermont.This is possibly due to the relatively complicatedlogistics and high costs of implementing multi-ple behavioral components (Kadden, 2001).

Given the many components that comprise

CRA interventions, it is not clear what elements areresponsible for any treatment gains seen.AlthoughCRA is intended to change the drug user’s envi-ronment, especially the social network, no investi-gators of CRA have yet provided evidence thatthese changes occur. This is particularly a concernfor the cocaine and opiate samples, in whichvouchers were used. The trend indicated that CRAyielded no better results than traditional drugcounseling for these samples, unless voucherincentives were added to the protocol. Until specif-ic data regarding environmental change are pro-vided, it will not be possible to know whether CRAis actually accomplishing its purpose.

Network Therapy and Network Support Treatment

Like CRA, Network Therapy and NetworkSupport Treatment are specifically designed toconstruct new social networks for the substanceuser. Unlike CRA, these interventions focus moreon the social network of friends, family, and asso-ciates than on the vocational, recreational, orother aspects of the abuser’s environment.

Network Therapy was developed by Galanter(1986; 1993) in response to what he perceived as agap in medical treatment for substance abuse. Thetreatment comprises three elements. The first, andmost innovative, is engagement of the patient’snatural social network in the treatment setting.This entails bringing the spouse, parents, bestfriends, and so on into the office or treatment unitand having them all participate in discussions ofthe patient’s treatment along with the patient andtherapist. The second element is cognitive-behav-ioral relapse prevention training. This elementfocuses on identifying triggers for substance useand behavioral techniques for avoiding them. Thethird element is the orchestration of resources toprovide community reinforcement. This treat-ment differs from CRA in that it is the therapistwho provides all of these services to patients,whereas CRA typically employs several people tofulfill the multiple roles.

Possibly the most important aspect ofNetwork Therapy is the inclusion of the patient’sentire social network (or at least the most impor-tant supportive people in that network) in thetherapy sessions. These supportive network mem-bers may not be substance abusers themselves.According to Galanter, Keller, and Dermatis(1997), the average number of participating sup-portive members is 2.3, and if possible, they allmeet together with the patient and therapist toestablish common goals and strategies to meetthose goals.A typical treatment would include twosessions per week for 24 weeks,with one of the ses-sions per week involving the network, and the

Page 20: a journal of correctional philosophy and practice · PUBLISHED BY The Administrative Office of the United States Court Leonidas Ralph Mecham,Director John M. Hughes,Assistant Director

other involving just the therapist and patient.No controlled outcome studies have been

conducted using Network Therapy. In clinicaltrials without control groups, Galanter hasreported that Network Therapy has resulted insignificant retention in treatment and decreasesin substance use measured by self-report and bybiological assays (e.g., Galanter, 1994; Galanter etal., 1997). One published study employed a con-trol group. Keller and Galanter (1999) trainedcommunity counselors to implement NetworkTherapy with cocaine abusing clients. Chartreviews were used to compare 10 clients engagedin Network Therapy with 20 clients who hadbeen treated in the community with traditionalcounseling. The Network Therapy patients hadfewer positive urine toxicology results over thecourse of 24 weeks of treatment than did thetreatment-as-usual controls (88 percent negativev. 66 percent negative), but rates of treatmentretention did not differ between the groups.

No systematic research has been conductedon possible mechanisms of action of NetworkTherapy. A study by Galanter, Dermatis, Keller,and Trujillo (2002), however, does implicate net-work change, or at least network involvement, intreatment gains. Forty-seven cocaine dependentclients were treated with Network Therapy bypsychiatric resident physicians. Through the 24weeks of treatment, 73 percent of all observedurine samples were negative for cocaine, and 45percent of the patients had negative urines in thelast three weeks of the treatment period. Positiveoutcomes were most closely associated with thenumber of network treatment sessions conduct-ed, and not the number of individual sessions.This finding, while rather weak given the lack ofcontrols, implies that good outcomes were notsimply a function of therapist attention, but thatsupportive network members were also applyingcontingencies on patient behavior.

Network Support Treatment (NST; Litt &Kabela, 2002) is currently the subject of a largeclinical trial. NST is similar to both CRA andNetwork Therapy in that it aims to change thepatient’s social environment to make it moresupportive of abstinence. It differs from the othertreatments in that it does not attempt to alter allaspects of the patient’s environment directly.Instead, it relies on teaching the patient to makechanges in his or her social network of friends,family, and associates, particularly by using AA,and thereby places fewer demands on therapistsand resources than do CRA or Network Therapy.The treatment actually draws heavily on theTwelve-Step Facilitation (TSF) treatment ofNowinski et al. (1992), used in Project MATCH.

Treatment consists of 12 one-hour sessions,and is intended to help the client change his or

her social support network so that it is more sup-portive of abstinence and less supportive ofdrinking and drug use. Because AA is a ubiqui-tous source of social support, and one that istapped by most treatment services already,encouraging attendance at AA is used as an effi-cient way to quickly engage clients in a support-ive network, much like TSF (Nowinski et al.,1992). The program consists of six core sessions,plus six elective sessions that are chosen by thetherapist and the patient together. Core topicsinclude a Program Introduction, Acceptance,Surrender, Getting Active, People-Places-Things,and Termination. Additional material includesassertiveness training and particularly conjointsessions with a spouse or partner.

Recovery tasks take the form of going to AAmeetings, exploring ways to change one’s net-work of support (e.g., by joining a club, taking asecond job, etc.), or other assignments discussedjointly by the therapist and the participant. Theseother assignments may include activities that arenot necessarily AA-related but that may improvesocial networks. Such activities include alteringsocial networks in terms of Education (e.g.,obtaining information about a course at a com-munity college, whereby the subject may meetnew friends), Employment (e.g., searching forand applying for a job in a non-drinking envi-ronment); Family (e.g., family outing); Housing;Social/Recreational (e.g., re-establishing contactwith non-drinking friends and relatives), etc.

The clinical trial in which Network SupportTreatment is currently being tested will evaluateboth treatment outcomes and mechanisms oftreatment. The mechanism of treatment isexpected to be observable change in the patient’ssocial network, including the number of non-substance using persons in the network versusthe number of substance using persons.

Although both Network Therapy and NSTare conceptually appealing, neither has been usedwith offender populations. The addition of socialnetwork support elements to existing treatmentshas been used with released offenders, however.

Social Network Elements in OutpatientTreatment for Released Offenders

As with drug users in general, clinicians andresearchers have frequently sought to introduceelements of social network change into treatmentwith substance-using offenders. Most frequentlythese attempts include couples or marital therapy.Fals-Stewart, Birchler, and O’Farrell (1996), forexample, randomized 80 substance abusingpatients (85 percent of whom were releasedoffenders) to traditional drug counseling or tocounseling plus adjunctive behavioral couples

therapy (BCT). Patients in the counseling + BCTcondition reported better relationship outcomes(better dyadic adjustment), fewer days of drug use,fewer hospitalizations, and fewer drug-relatedarrests through the 12 months of follow-up thandid the control patients. These differences disap-peared toward the end of the 12 months, however.

Kidorf, Brooner, and King (1997) devised aprogram to enlist not only spouses or partners,but any drug-free significant other into treatmentfor opiate dependent subjects, many of whomwere referred by the correctional system.Access tomethadone maintenance was made dependenton the patient’s identifying at least one drug-freesignificant other, and then on bringing that per-son to treatment.Although no outcome data wereprovided, the authors report that virtually all oftheir methadone-maintained opiate addicts wereable to identify and engage at least one drug-freesignificant other. A similar program wasdescribed by McGrath (1986), wherein rebateswere offered to DWI offenders who brought fam-ily and friends to educational programs. McGrathreported that the family and friends were oftenpositive influences on the offenders.

In a review of the corrections treatment liter-ature, Haddock (1990) concluded that relativelyfew treatment modalities meet adequate stan-dards of empirical support and practical finan-cial considerations. Treatments or adjuncts thathave met these tests include social skills training,stress management, behavioral self-control train-ing, and family therapy.

Conclusion

By conservative estimates, at least half of the jaildetainees in the U.S. are drug-addicted or abusedrugs (U.S. Department of Justice, 1992).Successful efforts have been made to incorporatefamily and community support into in-prisontreatment efforts, resulting in significant drops inrecidivism and drug use (e.g., Lemieux, 2002).However, aside from attempts to establish spousalor family support, there are few publishedaccounts of efforts to change the social network ofreleased offenders in outpatient treatment. Theexisting evidence suggests that outpatient inter-ventions that encourage offender-patients toinvolve family members or significant others arelikely to yield less drug use and lower rates of rear-rest. These results provide a powerful rationale forfurther efforts to change the social networks ofreleased offenders in outpatient treatment, andthereby create environments that will reinforceabstinence and decrease rates of recidivism.

FEDERAL PROBATION Volume 67 Number 218

Page 21: a journal of correctional philosophy and practice · PUBLISHED BY The Administrative Office of the United States Court Leonidas Ralph Mecham,Director John M. Hughes,Assistant Director

September 2003 SOCIAL SUPPORT NETWORKS FOR OFFENDERS 19

References

Abbott, P.J., Weller, S.B., Delaney, H.D., & Moore,B.A. (1998). Community reinforcementapproach in the treatment of opiate addicts.American Journal of Drug & Alcohol Abuse,24, 17-30.

Azrin, N. (1976). Improvements in the communi-ty reinforcement approach to alcoholism.Behaviour Research and Therapy, 14, 339-348.

Azrin, N., Sisson, R.W., Meyers, R.J. & Godley, M.(1982). Alcoholism treatment by disulfiramand community reinforcement therapy.Journal of Behavior Therapy and ExperimentalPsychiatry, 13, 1-5-112.

Beattie, M.C., Longabaugh, R. & Fava, J. (1992).Assessment of alcohol-related workplaceactivities: development and testing of“Your Workplace.” Journal of Studies onAlcohol, 53, 469-475.

Broome, K.M., Knight, D.K., Knight, K., Hiller,M.L., & Simpson, D.D. (1997). Peer, family,and motivational influences on drug treat-ment process and recidivism for probationers.Journal of Clinical Psychology, 53, 387-397.

Brownell, K.D., Marlatt, G.A., Lichtenstein, E, &Wilson, G.T. (1986). Understanding andpreventing relapse. American Psychologist,41, 756–782.

Bigelow, G.E., Brooner, R.K. & Silverman, K.(1986). Competing motivations: drug rein-forcement vs. non-drug reinforcement.Journal of Psychopharmacology, 12, 8-14.

Buckley, R. & Bigelow, D.A. (1992). The multi-service network: reaching the unservedmulti-problem individual. CommunityMental Health Journal, 28, 43-50.

Carroll, M.E. (1996). Reducing drug abuse byenriching the environment with alternativenon-drug reinforcers. In L. Green & J. Kagel(Eds.), Advances in behavioral economics(Vol 3, pp. 37-68). Norwoood, NJ: Ablex.

Carroll, M.E., Lac, S.T., & Nygaard, S.L. (1989).A concurrently available nondrug rein-forcer prevents the acquisition or decreasesthe maintenance of cocaine-reinforcedbehavior. Psychopharmacology, 97, 23–29.

Dobkin, P.L., De Civita, M., Paraherakis, A.&Gill, K. (2002). The role of functional socialsupport in treatment retention and out-comes among outpatient adult substanceabusers. Addiction, 97, 347-356.

Emrick,C.D.(1987).Alcoholics Anonymous: affil-iation processes and effectiveness as treat-ment. Alcoholism: Clinical & ExperimentalResearch, 11, 416-23.

Epstein, L.H. (1992). Role of Behavior Theory inBehavioral Medicine. Journal of Consulting& Clinical Psychology, 60, 493-498.

Falkin, G. P. & Strauss, S.M. (2003). Social sup-porters and drug use enablers. A dilemmafor women in recovery. Addictive Behaviors,28, 141-155.

Galanter, M. (1986). Social network therapy forcocaine dependence. Advances in Alcoholismand Substance Abuse, 6 (2), 159-175.

Galanter,M.(1993).Network therapy for addiction:A new approach. New York: Basic Books.

Galanter, M., Keller, D.S., & Dermatis, H.(1997). Network therapy for addiction:assessment of the clinical outcome of train-ing. American Journal of Drug and AlcoholAbuse, 23, 355-367.

Goehl, L., Nunes, E., Quitkin, F., & Hilton, I.(1993). Social networks and methadonetreatment outcome. The costs and benefitsof social ties. American Journal of Drug andAlcohol Abuse, 19, 251-262.

Haddock, B.D. (1990). Substance abuse coun-seling in community corrections: A primer.Journal of Addictions & OffenderCounseling, 11, 2-12.

Havassy, B.E., Hall, S.M., & Wasserman, D.A.(1991). Social support and relapse: com-monalties among alcoholics, opiate usersand cigarette smokers. Addictive Behaviors,16, 235-246.

Havassy, B.E., Wasserman, D.A., & Hall, S.M.(1995). Social relationships and abstinencefrom cocaine in an American treatmentsample. Addiction, 90, 699-710.

Higgins, S.T., Budney, A.J., Bickel, W.K., Foerg,F.E., Donham, R., & Badger, G.J. (1994).Incentives improve outcome in outpa-tient behavioral treatment of cocaine

dependence. Archives of GeneralPsychiatry, 51, 568-576.

Higgins,S.T.,Budney,A.J.,Bickel,W.K.,Badger,G.J.,Foerg, F.E., & Ogden, D. (1995). Outpatientbehavioral treatment for cocaine dependence:one-year outcome. Experimental and ClinicalPsychopharmacology, 3, 205-212.

Higgins, S.T., Budney, A.J., Bickel, W.K.,Hughes, J.R., Foerg, F., & Badger, G. (1993).Achieving cocaine abstinence with abehavioral approach. American Journal ofPsychiatry, 150, 763-769.

Higgins, S.T. & Abbott, P.J. (2001) CRA andtreatment of cocaine and opioid depend-ence. In R.J. Meyers & W.R. Miller (Eds.),Addictions: A community reinforcementapproach to addiction treatment. (pp. 123-146). Cambridge England: CambridgeUniversity Press.

Hoffman, N.G., & Miller, N.S. (1993). Perspectiveson effective treatment for alcohol and drugdisorders. Recent Advances in AddictiveDisorders, 16, 127-140.

Humphreys, K., Mankowski, E.S., Moos, R.H. &Finney, J.W. (1999). Do enhanced friendshipnetworks and active coping mediate the effectof self-help groups on substance abuse?Annals of Behavioral Medicine, 21, 54-60.

Humphreys, K. & Noke, J.M. (1997). The influ-ence of posttreatment mutual help groupsparticipation on the friendship networks ofsubstance abuse patients. American Journalof Community Psychology, 25, 1-16.

Hunt, G.M. & Azrin, N.H. (1973). A communityreinforcement approach to alcoholism.Behaviour Research and Therapy, 11, 91-104.

Kadden, R.M. (2001). Behavioral and cognitive-behavioral treatments for alcoholism:research opportunities. Addictive Behaviors,26, 489-507.

Kaskutas, L.A., Bond, J. & Humphreys, K. (2002).Social networks as mediators of the effectsof Alcoholics Anonymous. Addiction, 97,891-900.

Keller, D. S. & Galanter, M. (1999). Technologytransfer of network therapy to communi-ty-based addictions counselors. Journal ofSubstance Abuse Treatment, 16, 183-189.

Page 22: a journal of correctional philosophy and practice · PUBLISHED BY The Administrative Office of the United States Court Leonidas Ralph Mecham,Director John M. Hughes,Assistant Director

Kidorf, M., Brooner, R.K., & King, V.L. (1997).Motivating methadone patients to includedrug-free significant others in treatment: abehavioral intervention. Journal ofSubstance Abuse Treatment, 14, 23-28.

Lemieux, C.M. (2002). Social support amongoffenders with substance abuse problems:Overlooked and underused? Journal ofAddictions and Offender Counseling, 23, 41-57.

Litt, M.D. & Kabela, E. (2002). Network SupportTreatment. Therapist’s manual. Unpublishedmanuscript. Farmington, CT: University ofConnecticut Health Center.

Longabaugh, R. & Beattie, M.C. (1985). Optimizingthe cost-effectiveness of treatment for alcoholabusers. In B.S. McCrady, N.E. Noel & T.Nirenberg (eds.), Future directions in alcoholabuse treatment research (pp. 104-136).NIAAA Research Monograph, No. 15, DHHSPublication No. Adm. 5-1322. Washington,DC: US Government Printing Office.

Longabaugh, R. & Beattie, M.C. (1986). Socialinvestment, environmental support andtreatment outcomes of alcoholics. AlcoholHealth and Research World, Summer, 64-66.

Longabaugh, R., Beattie, M.C., Noel, N.E., Stout,R.L. & Malloy, P. (1993). The effect of socialinvestment on treatment outcome. Journalof Studies on Alcohol, 54, 465-478.

Longabaugh, R.,Wirtz, P.W., Zweben,A., & Stout,R.L. (1998). Network support for drinking,Alcoholics Anonymous and long-termmatching effects. Addiction, 93, 1313-1333.

Mallams, J.H., Godley, M.D., Hall, G.M. & Meyers,R.J. (1982). A social-systems approach toresocializing alcoholics in the community.Journal of Studies on Alcohol, 43, 1115-23.

McGrath, R.J. (1986). An education program forcollaterals of DWI offenders. AlcoholismTreatment Quarterly, 3(2), 139-151.

McLellan, A.T., Luborsky, L., Cacciola, J.,Griffith, J., Evans, F., Barr, H.L., & O’Brien,C.P. (1985). New data from the AddictionSeverity Index: Reliability and validity inthree centers. The Journal of Nervous andMental Disease, 173, 412-423.

Miller, W.R., Brown, J.M., Simpson, T.L.,Handmaker, N.S., Bien, T.H., Luckie, L.F.,Montgomery, H.A., Hester, R.K., &

Tonigan, J.S. (1995). What works? Amethodological analysis of the alcoholtreatment outcome literature. In R.K.Hester & W.R. Miler (Eds.), Handbook ofalcoholism treatment approaches: effectivealternatives. (2nd ed.) (pp. 12-44). Boston:Allyn and Bacon.

Miller, W.R., Meyers, R.J., Tonigan, J.S. & Grant,K.A. (2001). Community reinforcementand traditional approaches: Findings of acontrolled trial. In R.J. Meyers & W.R.Miller (Eds.), Addictions: A communityreinforcement approach to addiction treat-ment. (pp. 79-103). Cambridge, England:Cambridge University Press.

Miller, W.R. & Rollnick, S. (2002). MotivationalInterviewing: Preparing People for Change.New York: Guilford.

Miller, W.R. & Wilbourne, P.L. (2002). MesaGrande: a methodological analysis of clini-cal trials of treatments for alcohol use dis-orders. Addiction, 97, 265-277.

Moos, R,H., Finney, J.W., & Cronkite, R.C.(1990). Evaluating and improving alco-holism treatment programs. In R.H. Moos,J.W. Finney & R.C. Cronkite (Eds.),Alcoholism treatment: Context, process andoutcome. (pp. 3-13).

Nowinski, J., Baker, S., & Carroll, K. (1992).Twelve Step Facilitation Therapy Manual: AClinical research Guide for TherapistsTreating Individuals with Alcohol Abuse andDependence. NIAAA Project MATCHMonograph, Vol. 1, DHHS Publication No.(ADM) 92-1893, Washington, D.C.: U.S.Government Printing Office.

O’Dell, K.J., Turner, N.H. & Weaver, G.D.(1998). Women in recovery from drug mis-use: An exploratory study of their socialnetworks and social support. Substance Useand Misuse, 33, 1721-1734.

Pearson, F.S., Lipton, D.S. (1999). A meta-ana-lytic review of the effectiveness of correc-tions-based treatments for drug abuse.Prison Journal, 79, 384-410.

Pivnick, A., Jacobson, A., Eric, K., Doll, L. &Drucker, E. (1994). AIDS, HIV infectionsand illicit drug use within inner-city fami-lies and social networks. American Journalof Public Health, 84, 271-274.

Project MATCH Research Group. (1997).Matching alcoholism treatments to clientheterogeneity: Project MATCH posttreat-ment drinking outcomes. Journal of Studieson Alcohol, 58, 7-29.

Schroeder, J.R., Latkin, C.A., Hoover, D.R.,Curry, A.D., Knowlton, A.R., & Celentano,D.D. (2001). Illicit drug use in one’s socialnetwork and in one’s neighborhood pre-dicts individual heroin and cocaine use.Annals of Epidemiology, 11, 389-394.

Steinglass, P. & Wolin, S. (1974). Explorations ofa systems approach to alcoholism. Archivesof General Psychiatry, 31, 527-532.

Strauss, S.M.& Falkin, G.P. (2001). Social sup-port systems of women offenders who usedrugs: a focus on the mother-daughterrelationship. American Journal of Drug andAlcohol Abuse, 27, 65-89.

Sung, H., Tabachnick, C., Feng, L. (2000). Heroininjection among addicted felons: Testingextant theories. Deviant Behavior, 21, 381-406.

Tucker, J.A., Vuchinich, R.E., & Harris, C.V.(1985). Determinants of substance abuserelapse. In M. Galizio & S.A. Maisto (Eds.),Determinants of substance abuse: Biological,psychological, and environmental factors(pp. 383-421). New York: Plenum.

Tucker, J.A.,Vuchinich,R.E.,& Gladsjo, J.A. (1990).Environmental influences on relapse in sub-stance use disorders. International Journal ofthe Addictions, 25(7A-8A), 1017-1050.

Van Etten,M.L.,Higgins,S.T.,Budney,A.J.& Badger,G.J. (1998). Comparison of the frequency andenjoyability of pleasant events in cocaineabusers vs. non-abusers using a standardizedbehavioral inventory. Addiction, 93, 1669-1680.

U.S. Department of Justice, Bureau of JusticeStatistics (1992). Sourcebook of criminaljustice statistics – 1992. Washington, DC:U.S. Government Printing Office.

Vuchinich,R.E.& Tucker,J.A.(1988).Contributionsfrom behavioral theories of choice to an analy-sis of alcohol abuse. Journal of AbnormalPsychology, 97, 181-195.

Wasserman,D.A.,Stewart,A.L.& Delucchi,K.L.(2001).Social support and abstinence from opiates andcocaine during opioid maintenance treatment.Drug and Alcohol Dependence,65,65-75.

FEDERAL PROBATION Volume 67 Number 220

Page 23: a journal of correctional philosophy and practice · PUBLISHED BY The Administrative Office of the United States Court Leonidas Ralph Mecham,Director John M. Hughes,Assistant Director

September 2003 SOCIAL SUPPORT NETWORKS FOR OFFENDERS 21

Author Note

Support for this project was provided by grantnumber 1 U01 DA16194-01 from the SubstanceAbuse and Mental Health ServicesAdministration, and by grant number 1 R01-AA12827 from the National Institute on AlcoholAbuse and Alcoholism. Correspondence con-cerning this article may be addressed to: Mark D.Litt, Ph.D., Department of Behavioral Sciencesand Community Health, MC3910, University ofConnecticut Health Center, Farmington, CT06030. Electronic mail may be sent [email protected].

Page 24: a journal of correctional philosophy and practice · PUBLISHED BY The Administrative Office of the United States Court Leonidas Ralph Mecham,Director John M. Hughes,Assistant Director

CHRONIC INFECTION WITH hepatitisC virus (HCV) is the most common blood-borneillness in the United States, affecting nearly 2 per-cent of all Americans, or an estimated 4-5 millionindividuals (Alter et al., 1999).While most individ-uals with chronic infection are not expected toprogress to end-stage liver disease or death, hepati-tis C is the most common indication for liver trans-plantation in the U.S., and it is responsible for10,000 deaths annually (NIH Consensus Statementon Management of Hepatitis C, 2002). AlthoughHCV can be transmitted through blood and bloodproduct transfusions, hemodialysis and high-risksexual practices, the leading risk factor for HCVinfection is injection drug use (IDU) (Alter, 1997).

While the hepatitis C epidemic is substantialin the country as a whole, it has become a majorconcern in correctional settings. Prevalence ofHCV infection in prisons is 8- to 20-fold higherthan in the community, with infection ratesbetween 16-41 percent and evidence of chronicinfection in 12-35 percent (Centers for DiseaseControl and Prevention, 2003).An estimated oneout of three Americans with chronic hepatitis Cinfection rotate through correctional facilitiesannually (Hammett, et al., 1997). Despite slowprogression of most infections, illness and deathwithin correctional systems is already substantial,likely explained by a large number of infectionsacquired decades ago. Hepatitis C infection is aleading cause of illness and death among in-cus-tody inmates in some correctional facilities(Allen, 2003; D. Reiger, personal communication,2002) and an emerging cause in others (J. Paris,personal communication, 2003).

Natural History of the Diseaseand Treatment Options

Hepatitis C virus primarily affects the liver. Overtime, the virus can cause inflammation, whichcan lead to scarring (fibrosis or cirrhosis), and insome cases, liver cancer or end-stage liver failure.

The hepatitis C virus was only identified a littleover a decade ago. Consequently, accurate informa-tion regarding the natural progression of untreateddisease is limited to a number of epidemiologic ret-rospective analyses. The most widely accepted mod-els state that between 15-20 percent of individualsinitially infected will spontaneously clear the viruswithout any treatment.The majority of those infect-ed,80-85 percent,will go on to have chronic infection(Alter, 2000).

Fortunately for those with chronic infection,progression occurs slowly over years—typicallydecades.In a well respected model, in a 25-year peri-od following initial infection, 20 percent of individ-uals exposed to hepatitis C will develop late-stagescarring of the liver (or cirrhosis) and only 3-5 per-cent will develop fatal complications such as decom-pensated liver disease of liver cancer (hepatocellularcarcinoma) (Alter, 2000). Co-infection with HIVcan cause acceleration of this process, as can regularheavy alcohol use.

While the disease can be staged (determininghow advanced the disease is) by means of bloodwork and a liver biopsy,current experience with thedisease does not allow clinicians to accurately pre-dict who will progress to end-stage complications.For that reason, most patients with established dis-ease and evidence of scarring on liver biopsy arepotential candidates for anti-viral therapy.

Over the past decade, anti-viral treatmentshave become available, and have steadilyimproved. Initially, standard interferon regi-mens resulted in successful eradication of virusin roughly 20 percent of those treated. With theaddition of ribavarin, treatment responseincreased to roughly 40 percent. With the cur-rent therapy, pegylated interferon plus ribavarinhas been associated with a response rate inexcess of 60 percent, with a response rate as highas 80 percent for some strains of the virus. Noeffective vaccine is currently available.

Unfortunately, despite improvements inresponse to therapy, significant side effects limitthe utility of treatment. Unlike HIV, where treat-ment may continue for an indefinite period, cur-rent hepatitis C treatments are either 24 or 48weeks, depending on the strain of the virus andinitial response to treatment. Side effects of rib-avirin may include significant drops in bloodcounts, resulting in anemia, fatigue and shortnessof breath. In addition, pegylated interferon cancause flu-like symptoms including fever, muscleaches, headache and malaise, plus a host of pos-sible reactions including eye problems, thyroiddysfunction and lung abnormalities. Significantpsychiatric adverse effects of the treatmentinclude irritability, depression and suicidality.Therapy for hepatitis C is contraindicated in anumber of conditions, including pregnancy,advanced liver disease, autoimmune disease(such as Lupus) and uncontrolled psychiatric ill-ness, among others.

In combination with the slow smolderingcourse of disease, the side effect profile of avail-able medications, and the expectation of noveltreatment with higher efficacy and improved side

Hepatitis C Among Offenders–Correctional Challenge and PublicHealth Opportunity

Scott A. Allen, M.D.

Josiah D. Rich, M.D., M.P.H.

Beth Schwartzapfel

Peter D. Friedmann, M.D., M.P.H.

FEDERAL PROBATION Volume 67 Number 222

Page 25: a journal of correctional philosophy and practice · PUBLISHED BY The Administrative Office of the United States Court Leonidas Ralph Mecham,Director John M. Hughes,Assistant Director

September 2003 HEPATITIS C AMONG OFFENDERS 23

effect profiles in the next 3 to 5 years, patientselection for treatment is highly individualizedwithin treatment guidelines. Treatment recom-mendations take into consideration a number offactors, including stage of disease (as establishedby clinical factors such as blood tests and liverbiopsy) and co-existing chronic disease such asHIV, diabetes, heart disease and psychiatric ill-ness. Finally, treatment requires fully informedconsent of the patient regarding the risks andbenefits of treatment.

In the correctional setting, duration of incar-ceration is often used to determine eligibility foranti-viral therapy (Proceedings of Managementof Hepatitis C in Prisons Conference, 2003). Asinterruption in therapy can adversely affect effec-tiveness, treatment while incarcerated is typicallyreserved for those patients who will remain insti-tutionalized for the complete period of anti-viraltherapy (24 or 48 weeks depending on genotype).Treatment for patients with shorter sentences isgenerally safely deferred to the community.

Unfortunately for the large number of inmatesbeing released from correctional facilities with hep-atitis C, resources for evaluation and managementof this disease are scarce in the community. Publichealth agencies have generally not been funded toaddress the high burden of disease in the largelyuninsured, post-correctional population.

Response to Hepatitis C inCorrections

Despite the high prevalence of hepatitis C in cor-rections, response by correctional institutions hasbeen measured. Most facilities have great difficul-ty in accessing sub-specialty evaluation for thelarge number of patients who are infected. Whilesome states have developed protocols for evalua-tion and treatment by general internists (Allen etal., 2003), others have to date failed to offer anytreatment at all. States with limited or no access totreatment have been subjected to class action law-suits seeking access to care for infected inmates.Atthis time, most states and the Federal Bureau ofPrisons are in the process of devising guidelinesand protocols for evaluation and management ofhepatitis C in the correctional setting(Proceedings of Management of Hepatitis C inPrisons Conference, 2003). In January 2003, theCenters for Disease Control and the NationalCommission of Correctional Healthcare spon-sored a meeting of state and federal correctionalhealthcare professionals to encourage the sharingof data, treatment experience and strategy for cor-rectional settings (Allen, 2003).

In rare cases, clinically advanced disease canlead to major and potentially fatal complications,with implications for sentencing, classification,

probation and parole. In the majority of cases,however, chronic hepatitis C can be safely man-aged within the prison setting, provided hepatitisC evaluation and treatment are accessible. Forinmates undergoing active treatment—typicallyfor 24 or 48 weeks—the significant side effects oftherapy can impact on the patient's ability to par-ticipate in work and recreational activities.Consequently, timing of therapy and workassignment needs coordination.

Costs of Treatment

In addition to the human cost of treatment-relat-ed side effects, the potential financial impact onstressed correctional budgets is a major publicpolicy concern. Funding for medical care ofinmates is covered almost entirely by publicfunds under a constitutional obligation to pro-vide care (Estelle v. Gamble, 1976). Cost for acourse of treatment ranges between a low esti-mate of $7,000 and a high estimate of $20,000per patient.

Legitimate logistic constraints resulting fromshort periods of incarceration result in deferral oftreatment until after release for the majority ofindividuals incarcerated with HCV infection (J.Paris, personal communication, 2003; Allen et al.,2003). Other clinical criteria and informed con-sent resulting in patient decision to defer therapyfurther reduce the pool of candidates for treat-ment during the period of incarceration. Whilecorrectional facilities have been able to takeadvantage of reduced cost drugs in some settings,the potential cost impacts are considerable(Spaulding et al., 1999). For the foreseeablefuture, correctional systems will struggle to pro-vide cost-effective care while not unreasonablylimiting access to care. Anticipation of newertherapies with greater effectiveness and improvedside-effect profiles can be expected to be morecostly than currently available therapies.

Associated Issues: SubstanceAbuse and Mental Health

The strong association between remote and /orcurrent injection drug use (IDU) and hepatitis Cinfection has already been described. In prisons,the vast majority of HCV infected patientsacquired their infection from drug-related riskbehaviors. In addition, alcoholism can have anaccelerating effect on the clinical course of theinfection (Schiff, 1999) and may help explain someof the more advanced clinical stages of fibrosis andcirrhosis found in some incarcerated patients.

A history of substance abuse had long beenconsidered a relative contraindication to treat-ment for HCV infection. However, a careful

review of published experience has demonstrat-ed little clinical justification for withholdingtreatment to HCV patients with a history of sub-stance abuse (Edlin, 2001). In 2002, the NIHConsensus Statement on Hepatitis C removedsubstance abuse from the list of contraindica-tions for anti-viral therapy. The forced sobriety ofprison also provides for a window of opportuni-ty for safe and successful treatment (Allen et al.,2003) that, when coupled with substance abusetreatment—including methadone (Tomasino etal.), education, risk reduction counseling andintervention—has the potential to reduce therisk of re-infection. Furthermore, fears about re-infection may be largely theoretical; there areonly two confirmed cases of patients re-infectingthemselves by drug injection after successfultreatment with interferon and ribavirin (Kao etal., 2001; Dalgard et al., 2002).

Still, efforts aimed at addressing HCV in cor-rections need to be closely coupled with treat-ment and referral for the health problem of drugdependence. While no longer considered a pre-requisite for access to treatment, responsible treat-ment protocols include counseling, referral andtreatment for substance-abuse-related issues aspart of their HCV program. Given the persistent-ly high cost of medical anti-viral therapy for HCVfor the minority of incarcerated infected patientswho will be eligible, broader efforts aimed at deal-ing with the activity most closely associated withtransmission of infection are critical.

Because the side effects of interferon-basedanti-viral therapies include significant psychi-atric side effects including major depression(Zdilar et al., 2000), caution must be exercisedwhen considering using interferon in patientswith a history of psychiatric illness. Evaluationfor possible treatment should include screeningfor history of depression, suicidality and othersignificant psychiatric illness. Mental illness,including depression, anxiety, and post-traumaticstress disorder, is encountered more commonlyin correctional populations than in the generalpublic (Ditton, 1999; Beck and Maruschak,2000). However, interferon-related depressiondoes respond to anti-depressant medication(Hauser, 2002). Concerns about adverse psychi-atric effects in individuals with histories of psy-chiatric disorders are extrapolated from studiesreporting psychiatric side effects in patients with-out psychiatric diagnoses who were treated forhepatitis C (Schaefer et al., 2003). In fact, a grow-ing body of literature supports the safety of treat-ing hepatitis C in individuals with a history ofpsychiatric diagnoses (Relault et al., 1987).Hepatitis C treatment can be safely initiated inpatients with a history of mental illness providedthe illness is stable, a psychiatrist has evaluated and

Page 26: a journal of correctional philosophy and practice · PUBLISHED BY The Administrative Office of the United States Court Leonidas Ralph Mecham,Director John M. Hughes,Assistant Director

FEDERAL PROBATION Volume 67 Number 224

cleared the patient,and the medical and psychiatricteams collaborate closely during the treatmentperiod. In correctional settings where there arecomprehensive mental health services, the con-trolled and monitored environment of a correc-tional facility may provide one of the safest settingsin which interferon therapies can be undertaken inthose with mental illness (Allen et al., 2003).

Have We Been Here Before? The HIV Experience

Corrections has faced the challenge of an epi-demic of a chronic blood-borne infectious dis-ease prior to the recognition of the hepatitis Cepidemic with HIV, the virus that causes AIDS.There are similarities that may be useful to con-sider, and factors that make these epidemics quitedistinct. The risk factors for HIV and HCV aresimilar, and in corrections, injection drug useaccounts for the majority of both infections(Centers for Disease Control and Prevention,2003). However, HCV is more effectively trans-mitted, and is consequently much more com-mon. HIV prevalence among releasees from cor-rectional facilities is estimated to be 2-3 percent,compared to 17-18.6 percent for HCV (NationalCommission on Correctional Health Care,2002). While the majority of individuals infectedwith HCV will not progress to end-stage compli-cations of liver failure, cancer and death even ifuntreated, the majority of HIV-infected individ-uals would face fatal outcome from untreatedinfection.

Still, there is much to learn about the currentHCV epidemic from the HIV experience in cor-rections. First, HIV treatment programs haveshown that inmates who are engaged in well-designed longitudinal treatment programs havelower recidivism rates and are more likely to prac-tice health-conscious behaviors (Conklin et al.,1998). Second, in the early days of antiretroviraltherapy for HIV, providers were often reluctant toprescribe these life-saving medications to drugusers and persons with mental illness because offears of non-adherence and potential drug inter-actions (Clarke and Mulcahy, 2000). However, inthe context of programs that specifically addressthe unique needs of these populations (Mitty etal., 2002), including adherence programs forincarcerated persons (Kirkland et al., 2002), drugusers and persons with psychiatric illness are con-sistently safely and successfully treated for HIV.

A Public Health Opportunity

Many observers understandably look at the largeconcentration of chronic hepatitis C within pris-ons as a daunting medical and fiscal challenge to

state and federal correctional systems, whichindeed it is. At the same time, it is also a signifi-cant public health opportunity. One-third ofAmericans with a clinically silent and often undi-agnosed transmissible infectious disease are con-gregating in jails and prisons. The majority ofthese individuals will return to the community.The Centers for Disease Control and Preventionestimate that 1.3 million individuals with hepati-tis C, or 39 percent of all Americans with this dis-ease, are released from correctional facilities eachyear. Once back in the community, infected indi-viduals may continue to transmit the infection,particularly if they remain undiagnosed anduntreated. This situation presents a rare oppor-tunity for targeted interventions aimed at reduc-ing spread of the virus. Including the incarcerat-ed population in efforts to impact the burden ofinfectious disease is a valid and effectiveapproach, and is now recognized as an importantstrategy by those in corrections and public healthagencies (Glaser and Greifinger, 1993;Association of State and Territorial HealthOfficials, 2002).

While medical treatment of HCV has the the-oretical effect of reducing the size of the infec-tious pool for those returning to the community,other preventive interventions, such as diagnosisof the disease, education and counseling abouttransmission, education about harm reductionthrough clean needle access, and referral andtreatment for substance abuse make sense from apublic health and safety perspective. Related cost-effective interventions, such as vaccination ofHCV-infected inmates against hepatitis B (whoseco-infection could accelerate liver failure) wouldalso save money and lives for states and localities(Rich et al., 2003).

Conclusions

Hepatitis C is a significant problem for individualsinvolved with the correctional justice system nation-ally. This epidemic has significant policy and fiscalimplications, and correctional institutions are in theearly stages of developing systematic responses to theepidemic. A significant minority (39 percent) ofAmericans infected with the virus congregates incorrectional institutions. This situation provides aunique opportunity to diagnose, educate and treatappropriate individuals, and to reduce transmissionin the community upon the inmate’s release.

While diagnosis, evaluation and treatment hassignificant medical implications for individualpatients,access to proper medical care after prisonalso has the potential to influence future criminalbehavior. Linkage of incarcerated HIV-seroposi-tive patients to medical care upon prison releasehas been associated with improved access to

health services and reduced recidivism (Flaniganet al., 1996; Kim et al., 1997). Addressing the fac-tors that influence the ability to tolerate HCVtreatment (substance abuse, stable mental health,social support) will likely also reduce recidivism.In substance abuse treatment settings, linkage tomedical care is associated with improved addic-tion-related outcomes (Friedmann et al., 2003).The same positive effect on recidivism and addic-tion outcomes will likely accrue to drug-involvedprison releasees who become motivated to addresstheir HCV infection. Continuity of care will helpthe drug-involved offender develop “trust in thesystem,” work toward rehabilitative goals andcommunity readjustment (Mitty et al., 1998), andaddress mental health and substance abuse issuesas part of community management of HCV.

Systematic approaches to the hepatitis C epi-demic in corrections are needed. Unlike the earlydays of the HIV epidemic, which spawned a high-ly organized, politically influential constituency,incarcerated individuals with substance abusehistories have few advocates. As a result, the pub-lic and legislative response to hepatitis C in cor-rections has been muted. The public health andfiscal implication of this epidemic, however, war-rant a more proactive response. Cost-effectiveinterventions, such as targeted screening, healtheducation and individual counseling, clean nee-dle access, immunization against hepatitis B andsubstance abuse treatment, should form thefoundation of that response.

Page 27: a journal of correctional philosophy and practice · PUBLISHED BY The Administrative Office of the United States Court Leonidas Ralph Mecham,Director John M. Hughes,Assistant Director

September 2003 HEPATITIS C AMONG OFFENDERS 25

References

Allen, S.A., Spaulding, A.C., Osei, A.M., et al. 2003.Treatment of chronic hepatitis C in a state cor-rectional facility. Annals of Internal Medicine,138:187-190.

Allen, S.A. Developing a Systematic Approach toHepatitis C for Correctional Systems:Controversies and Emerging Consensus.HEPP Report: Infectious Diseases inPrison. Available at: http://www.hivincor-rections.org/mainarticle/mainarticle.html.Last accessed 4-21-03.

Alter, H.J., Seeff, L.B. 2000. Recovery, persistence,and sequelae in hepatitis C virus infection: Aperspective on long-term outcome. Seminarsin Liver Disease, 20:17-35.

Alter, M.J., Kruszon-Moran, D., Nainan, O.V.,McQuillan, G.M., Gao, F., Mayer, L.A., etal. 1999. The prevalence of hepatitis C virus infection in the United States, 1988through 1994. The New England Journal of Medicine, 341:4556-562.

Alter, M.J. 1997. Epidemiology of hepatitis C.Hepatology, 26 (suppl 1):62S-65S.

Association of State and Territorial Health Officials.Hepatitis C and Incarcerated Populations:TheNext Wave for Correctional Health Initiatives.Washington DC: Association of State andTerritorial Health Officials, 2002.

Beck, A.J., Maruschak, L.M. 2001. Mental healthtreatment in state prisons, 2000. Bureau ofJustice Statistics, NCJ 188215.

Centers for Disease Control and Prevention2003. Prevention and control of infectionswith hepatitis viruses in correctional set-tings. MMWR. Morbidity and MortalityWeekly Report, 52 (no RR-1): 1-38).

Clarke, S.M., Mulcahy, F.M. 2000. Antiretroviraltherapy for drug users. International Journalof STD & AIDS, 11:627-631.

Conklin, T.J., Lincoln, T., Flanigan, T.P. 1998.Public health model to connect correction-al health care with communities. AmericanJournal of Public Health, 88:1249-1250.

Dalgard, O., Bjoro, K., Hellum, K., et al. 2002.Treatment of chronic hepatitis C in inject-ing drug users: 5 years’ follow-up. EuropeanAddiction Research, 8:45-9.

Ditton, P.M. 1999. Mental health and treatmentof inmates and probationers. Bureau ofJustice Statistics, NCJ 174463.

Edlin, B.M., et al. 2001. Is it justifiable to withholdtreatment for hepatitis C from illicit-drugusers? New England Journal of Medicine,345:211-214.

Flanigan, T.P., Kim, J.Y., Zierler, S., Rich, J.D.,Vigilante, K.C., Bury-Maynard, D. 1996. Aprison release program for HIV positivewomen: Linking them to health servicesand community follow-up. AmericanJournal of Public Health, 86(6):886-887.

Friedmann, P.D., Zhang, Z., Hendrickson, J., Stein,M.D., Gerstein, D.R. 2003. Effect of primarymedical care on addiction and medical severi-ty in substance abuse treatment programs.Journal of General Internal Medicine, 18(1):1-8.

Glaser, J.B., Greifinger, R.B. 1993. Correctionalhealth care: A public health opportunity.Annals of Internal Medicine, 118:139-145.

Hammett, T.M., Harmon, M.P. Rhodes W. 2002.The burden of infectious disease amonginmates of and releasees from US correc-tional facilities, 1997. American Journal ofPublic Health, 92(11):1789-94.

Hauser, P.A. 2002. A prospective study of theincidence and open-label treatment ofinterferon-induced major depressive disor-der in patients with hepatitis C. MolecularPsychiatry, 7:942-947.

Kao, J.H., Lai, M.Y., Chen, P.J., Chen, D.S. 2001.Probable reinfection with hepatitis Cvirus in a chronic hepatitis C patient witha sustained response to combination ther-apy. Journal of the Formosan MedicalAssociation = Taiwan yi zhi, 100:824-8.

Kim, J.Y., Rich, J.D., Zierler, S., Lourie, K.,Vigilante, K.C., Normandie, L., et al. 1997.Successful Community Follow-up andReduced Recidivism in HIV PositiveWomen Prisoners. Journal of CorrectionalHealth Care, 4(1):5-17.

Kirkland, L.R., Fischl, M.A., Tashima, K.T., et al.2002. Response to lamivudine-zidovudineplus abacavir twice daily in antiretroviral-naive, incarcerated patients with HIVinfection taking directly observed treat-ment. Clinical Infectious Diseases, 34:511-8.

Mitty, J.A., Stone, V., Sands, M., et al. 2002.Directly observed therapy for the treat-ment of people with human immunodefi-ciency virus infection: A work in progress.Clinical Infectious Diseases, 34; 984-990.

Mitty, J.A., Holmes, L., Spaulding, A., Flanigan,T., Page, J. 1998. Transitioning HIV-infected women after release from incar-ceration: Two models for bridging thegap. Journal of Correctional Health Care,5(2):239-254.

National Commission on Correctional HealthCare. Health status of soon-to-be-releasedinmates: a report to Congress. Vol 1.Washington, DC: National Commissionon Correctional Health Care, 2002.

National Institutes of Health. 2002. NationalInstitutes of Health Consensus DevelopmentConference Statement: Management of hep-atitis C: 2002—June 10-12, 2002. Hepatology,36(5 Suppl 1):S3-20.

Proceedings of Management of Hepatitis C inPrisons Conference; 2003 Jan 25-26; SanAntonio, Texas.

Relault, P.F., Hoofnagle, J.H., Park, Y., Mullen,K.D., et al. 1987. Psychiatric complica-tions of long-term interferon alpha thera-py. Archives of Internal Medicine,147:1577-1580.

Rich, J.D., Ching, C.G., Lally, M.A., Gaitanis,M.M., Schwartzapfel, B., Charuvastra, A.,Beckwith, C.G., Flanigan T.P. 2003. Areview of the case for hepatitis B vaccina-tion of high-risk adults. American Journalof Medicine, 114(4):316-8.

Schaefer, M. 2003. Adherence and mental sideeffects during hepatitis C treatment withinterferon alfa and ribavirin in psychiatricrisk groups. Hepatology, 37(2): 449.

Schiff, E.R. 1999. The alcoholic patient withhepatitis C virus infection. AmericanJournal of Medicine, 107:95S-99S.

Spaulding, A., Greene, C., Davidson, K.,Schneiderman, M., Rich, J. 1999. HepatitisC in state correctional facilities. PreventionMedicine, 28: 92-100.

Page 28: a journal of correctional philosophy and practice · PUBLISHED BY The Administrative Office of the United States Court Leonidas Ralph Mecham,Director John M. Hughes,Assistant Director

Tomasino, V, Swanson, A.J., Nolan, J., Shuman,H.I. 2001. The Key Extended EntryProgram (KEEP): A MethadoneTreatment Program for Opiate-Dependent Inmates. The Mount SinaiJournal of Medicine, 68: 14-20.

Williams, I.T., Fleener, M., Judson, F., et al.2000. Risk factors for hepatitis C virus(HCV) transmission in the USA: 1991-1998 [Abstract 114]. Presented at the 10thInternational Symposium on ViralHepatitis and Liver Disease. Atlanta, GA.

Zdilar, D., Franco-Bronson, K., Buchler, N.,Locala, J.A. & Younossi, Z.M. 2000.Hepatitis C, interferon alfa, and depres-sion. Hepatology, 31(6), 1207-1211.

Acknowledgements

The work described was supported, in part, bygrant number P30-AI-42853 from the NationalInstitutes of Health, Center for AIDS Research(NIH CFAR); and by grant number H79-TI-014562 from The Center for Substance AbuseTreatment of the Substance Abuse and MentalHealth Services Administration (SAMHSACSAT)and U01-DA016191-01 from theNational Institute on Drug Abuse. Its contentsare solely the responsibility of the authors anddo not necessarily represent the official views ofthe awarding Agencies.

FEDERAL PROBATION Volume 67 Number 226

Page 29: a journal of correctional philosophy and practice · PUBLISHED BY The Administrative Office of the United States Court Leonidas Ralph Mecham,Director John M. Hughes,Assistant Director

September 2003 27

EMPLOYMENT IS an important part ofdrug and alcohol treatment as well as a measureof treatment outcome (Institute of Medicine,1990). Studies have consistently reported thatemployment contributes to drug and alcoholtreatment success (Platt, 1995; Wolkstein andSpiller, 1998). These studies also suggest thatdaily structure, including employment and cog-nitive approaches like relapse prevention models(Gorski, 1990; Marlatt and Gordon, 1985), areimportant for treatment success. Not only doesemployment establish a source of steady income,but it has also been found to minimize relapseand reduce involvement in criminal activity forthe recovering drug addict (Inciardi, et al., 2002;Platt, 1995; Vaillant, 1988).

Other studies focused on pre- and post-treat-ment employment have consistently shown thatemployment predicts improved and successfultreatment. For example, stable employment has aprotective role in drug and alcohol treatmentretention (see Platt, 1995 and McLellan, 1983 forliterature reviews). Employment also is associat-ed with reduced drug and alcohol use (Hammeret al., 1985;Vaillant, 1988; Zanis et al., 1994); withdecreased severity of relapse (Vaillant, 1988);with increased post-treatment outcomes(Comerford, 1999); and with community reinte-gration (Comerford, 1999; Platt, 1995; Room,1998). In a longitudinal study of heroin and alco-hol patients, Vaillant (1988) concluded thatunstable employment was a better predictor ofrelapse than addiction severity.

Stable employment conditions are related toother variables that contribute to treatment out-comes. Employed clients are more likely to reporthealthier social and professional networks, whichare related to improved self-esteem, self-worth,

and a sense of independence that contribute toreduced drug and alcohol use (Brewington et al.,1987; Comerford, 1999; Room, 1998). In addi-tion, stable employment is associated with low-ered depression scores (Zanis et al., 1994).Overall, the more stable employment, the morelikely it is that clients in recovery will have posi-tive treatment outcomes.

Since many drug abusers are unemployedwhen they seek treatment, employment-focusedservices should complement drug and alcoholtreatment (Comerford, 1999; French et al., 1992;Hubbard et al., 1984; Walker and Leukefeld,2002). Employment services include vocationalrehabilitation, which can incorporate case man-agement, job placement, job skills training, edu-cation, and vocational training. Each of theseapproaches focuses on helping clients obtain,maintain, and upgrade employment (Walker andLeukefeld,2002).Employment services,which arefrequently not emphasized, are often reported byclients as desirable since employment is a person-al goal (Staton, et al., 2002; Zanis et al., 1994).

For criminally-involved drug and alcoholabusers, getting a job and keeping a job can bechallenging, especially when there are few com-munity-level employment and vocational reha-bilitation services available (Walker andLeukefeld, 2002; Platt, 1995). Nevertheless, in arecent study, probation officers reported thathelping probationers maintain employment wasa key contribution to successful community re-entry (Seiter, 2002). With the emergence of DrugCourts, the criminal justice system is targetingemployment as an important part of successfuldrug abuse treatment.

The cornerstones of Drug Court programsinclude the use of treatment services with justice

system processing, the use of frequent drug test-ing to monitor abstinence, mandatory employ-ment, and ongoing judicial interaction withDrug Court participants. The Drug Court modelwas designed to decrease drug use and to divertnonviolent drug abusers from incarceration. InKentucky, Drug Court judges were interested inproviding employment services to Drug Courtclients, since full-time employment is a DrugCourt requirement. Judges indicated that stableemployment would not only provide a founda-tion for enhancing job skills, but also would con-tribute to getting a better job.

In this article, the authors will: 1) describe anemployment project and the project’s intervention,used in Kentucky Drug Courts, which is groundedin established job readiness and social skills train-ing approaches; and 2) profile project participantsby employment history,drug use,criminal involve-ment, and health service utilization.

Purpose and Design

The overall purpose of the Drug Court employ-ment trial, which is supported by the NationalInstitute on Drug Abuse (Grant DA#RO113076), is to enhance existing services in twoKentucky Drug Courts by implementing andexamining an enhanced intervention focused onobtaining, maintaining, and upgrading employ-ment. The overall project goals are:1) To implement and test the effectiveness of an

enhanced employment intervention thatfocuses on obtaining, maintaining, andupgrading employment among Drug Courtparticipants by randomly assigning studyparticipants to an enhanced intervention or a

An Employment Intervention for Drug-Abusing Offenders

Carl Leukefeld, Hope Smiley McDonald,

Michele Staton, Allison Mateyoke-Scrivner,

Matthew Webster, TK Logan, & Tom Garrity

Page 30: a journal of correctional philosophy and practice · PUBLISHED BY The Administrative Office of the United States Court Leonidas Ralph Mecham,Director John M. Hughes,Assistant Director

control condition — Drug Court as usual —and to follow-up study participants who gradu-ate and terminate in order to examine outcomes;

2) To examine a causal model in which theenhanced employment intervention increasesproblem recognition and motivation tochange problem behaviors, and decreasesemployment barriers, consequently decreas-ing drug use and criminal behavior; and,

3) To evaluate the cost of the interventions andthe cost-effectiveness of the enhanced inter-vention relative to Drug Court as usual.

The overall design includes the recruit-ment, intervention, and follow-up of 500 DrugCourt participants using a pre-test/post-testexperimental design with random assignmentto Drug Court as usual and to an enhancedemployment intervention. Follow-ups areincluded to examine the Drug Court employ-ment intervention. The two Drug Court sitesselected for the project are Fayette CountyDrug Court (Lexington, KY) and WarrenCounty Drug Court (Bowling Green, KY).Drug Court clients are recruited into the studywithin 30 days after entering Drug Court. Aftera client consents, a face-to-face baseline inter-view is administered. The baseline interviewincludes measures of employment, drug andalcohol use, criminal justice involvement,health and mental health, and HIV risk behav-ior. During the informed consent process, par-ticipants are told that study participationincludes random assignment to the enhancedemployment intervention or to “treatment asusual.” Participants are paid for completingbaseline interviews and follow-up interviews.After completing a baseline interview, partici-pants are randomized. Participants random-ized into the enhanced intervention receive theenhanced employment intervention in addi-tion to standard Drug Court treatment. Data

are collected from participants in the interven-tion group and the comparison group again at12-, 18-, and 24-month follow-ups.

The Intervention

The employment intervention, which is groundedin established job readiness and life skill trainingapproaches, was developed by the project team.Three established interventions were modified andare incorporated into the employment interven-tion and manual: the Ex-Inmates Guide toSuccessful Employment (Sull,1998), Job ReadinessActivity (State of Kentucky, 1995), and OffenderEmployment Specialist Manual (NIC, 1997). Inaddition, established clinical approaches used withsubstance abuse clients are incorporated. Theseapproaches include job skill training, social skillstraining (Leukefeld, et al., 2000), strengths-basedcase management (Siegal et al., 1996), thoughtmapping (Leukefeld et al., 2000), structured stories(Leukefeld et al., 2000), and motivational inter-viewing (Miller and Rollnick, 1991).

The employment intervention was devel-oped through the use of focus groups. Thesefocus groups were composed of Drug Courtparticipants who were asked to identify criticalfactors related to obtaining, maintaining, andupgrading employment skills (see Staton et al.,2002). A salient focus group finding was thatparticipants indicated that Drug Court clientshad difficulty balancing stable employmentwith the rigorous and strict Drug Court treat-ment regimen, especially clients with familialresponsibilities. References were made to theneed for Drug Court client requirements tomake regular court appearances, participate inweekly group sessions and AlcoholicsAnonymous/Narcotics Anonymous meetings,and be available to give random urine screenswhile maintaining steady, fulltime employ-

ment. Since these requirements often conflictwith 9:00 to 5:00 jobs, focus group participantsnoted that it was critical to find a job that hadflexible hours, an understanding supervisor,and/or a night shift.

Focus group participants also expressed theirdesire for job readiness training, job placement,and job networking opportunities. Participantswere concerned with preparing effective resumesand wanted tips on how to conduct themselves injob interviews, particularly when “tough” ques-tions were asked about their “past.” Participantsnoted that oftentimes, when a potential employ-er found out about their criminal record, theywere no longer considered a viable job applicant.Thus, overcoming a criminal record was cited asa major barrier to employment.

In total, three focus groups were conductedbefore the employment intervention was imple-mented in the urban (Lexington, KY) and therural (Bowling Green, KY) Drug Courts. Focusgroup participants provided key insights andfeedback regarding service needs that strength-ened the overall content as well as the delivery ofthe employment intervention.

Grounded in the focus group findings,employ-ment manuals,and established clinical approaches,the enhanced Drug Court employment interven-tion was implemented by trained clinicians whohad prior experience in employment and sub-stance abuse counseling. The employment inter-vention services were provided in the afternoonsand evenings at Drug Court facilities and at theproject site, with the approval of Drug Court staff.The intervention includes three phases designed tocoincide with Drug Court—obtaining employ-ment, maintaining employment, and upgradingemployment (See Table 1).

Motivational interviewing, structured sto-ries, and thought-mapping are used in weeklygroup sessions (see Leukefeld, et al., 2000).Individual sessions incorporate motivational

Phase Length of time

No. of individual sessions

No. of group sessions

Content

I. Obtaining Employment 4-5 weeks 5 5Obtaining immediate employment, employment behavioral contracting, and job readiness assessment

II. Maintaining Employment 13-15 weeks 5 13Resolving conflicts at work, setting goals and problem solving, and life skills development

III. Upgrading Employment 6 weeks 1 6 Identifying possible employers, job development, and job placement

Employment Intervention PhasesTABLE 1

FEDERAL PROBATION Volume 67 Number 228

Page 31: a journal of correctional philosophy and practice · PUBLISHED BY The Administrative Office of the United States Court Leonidas Ralph Mecham,Director John M. Hughes,Assistant Director

September 2003 EMPLOYMENT INTERVENTION 29

interviewing, behavioral contracting, andstrengths-based case management to focus onproblem-solving, job searches, filling out jobapplications, resume writing, and job interview-ing. Individual sessions also help direct partici-pants who are struggling with particular issuesthat impede their employment success (e.g., con-tinued use of drugs and alcohol, co-workers whouse drugs on the job, conflict with co-workers,and criminal thinking).

Findings

This analysis includes 500 drug court clients atbaseline interview who consented to participatein the project, of which 65 percent are male and35 percent are female. The majority of partici-pants are white (62 percent), the average age is 31years, the average number of years of education is11.8, and about 18 percent are married.

Table 2 presents baseline characteristics whichwere reported at Drug Court entry for employmenthistory, drug /alcohol use, criminal involvement,and health/health service utilization. When Table 2is examined, we find less than half (44 percent) ofthe participants were working full-time beforeentering Drug Court.Participants averaged 3.7 jobsin the five years before entering Drug Court; thelongest period of time participants held a full-timejob in their lifetime averaged 4.3 years. Participantsreported they were paid for 80.4 days at a legal jobin the six months before entering Drug Court and48.1 days at an illegal job. Most of the participantsreported their last or usual occupation was a serviceworker or non-farm laborer. Forty-one percent (41percent) reported employment problems in the sixmonths before Drug Court and about one-fourth(28 percent) indicated that these employmentproblems “bothered them.” Transportation, jobplacement, and job training were cited as the pri-mary types of help needed to get and keep a job.

Alcohol, marijuana, and crack/cocaine were themajor drugs used among this population.In fact,par-ticipants averaged an estimated seven years of regularlifetime use of alcohol and marijuana,six years of reg-ular use of multiple substances,and about five years ofregular crack/cocaine use.In the 30 days before enter-ing Drug Court, participants used marijuana for anaverage of almost nine days, alcohol for about eightdays, and crack/cocaine for about eight days.Participants also averaged ten days of multiple druguse during this same period. Despite the majoritywho reported regular use of alcohol, marijuana, andcrack/cocaine, only one-third (33 percent) reportedreceiving any treatment for their drug use and 4 per-cent reported receiving any alcohol treatment.

Although the average age of first adult incar-ceration was almost 23, almost one-third (32

percent) of participants reported being incarcer-ated before the age of 18. In addition, partici-pants reported they had been incarcerated anaverage of 4 times after a conviction.

Participants indicated that they experiencedhealth problems. Specifically, participants report-ed an average of over three weeks (24 days) ofmedical problems in the six months before enter-ing Drug Court. However, only a little more thanone-fourth (28 percent) indicated they were cov-ered by health insurance. Participants alsoreported a number of hospital visits (12 visits onaverage) and a number of visits to the emergencyroom (27 visits on average).

Participants identified a number of mentalhealth problems. Specific mental health prob-lems included lifetime depression at 44 percent,anxiety at 38 percent, cognitive problems at 27percent, and problems with violent behavior at26 percent. In addition, 26 percent indicated thatthey had been prescribed a medication for amental health problem, while only 11 percentreported being treated as an outpatient for a psy-chological or emotional problem.

Discussion

Being employed is an important part of treat-ment, which includes Drug Court treatment.Drug Court clients as well as Drug Court judgesidentified employment as a critical part of treat-ment. In fact, stable employment is a requirementfor Drug Court clients. Specific interventionshave been developed to help drug abusers andothers get a job and keep a job (Sull, 1998 andNIC, 1997). However, few employment interven-tions incorporate skills sessions that target gettinga better job or upgrading employment, which isthe focus of this employment project.

An examination of 500 participants at DrugCourt entry who consented to participate in theKentucky project revealed that less than one-halfworked full-time before entering Drug Court;participants averaged 3.7 jobs in the five yearsbefore entering Drug Court; and the longest full-time job held averaged 4.3 years with 80.4 days ofemployment at a legal job in the six monthsbefore entering Drug Court. As expected, amajority of participants reported their last orusual occupation as a service worker or as alaborer. Transportation, job placement and jobtraining were identified as the types of employ-ment help most needed, which reinforced thefinding that almost half (41 percent) reportedemployment problems in the six months beforeentering Drug Court.

Employment sessions targeted transportationneeds, which included interventionists schedul-

ing individual and group sessions around busschedules, as well as around work hours. Sincemany of the participants wanted more job train-ing and job placement help, particular attentionwas given throughout the intervention to resumedevelopment, vocational assessment, job inter-view training, and assisting clients in conductingjob searches. Additional job placement help andvocational assessment were provided to partici-pants with mental health and/or physical healthlimitations, since these limitations had prohibit-ed employment and/or contributed to employ-ment problems. In addition, interventionistsprovided appropriate referrals to health andmental health care professionals.

At baseline, many participants (41 percent)indicated that they had experienced employmentproblems in the past six months, some of whomnoted that these problems “bothered” them sig-nificantly (28 percent). The intervention wasdesigned to target particular employment prob-lems. Specific sessions incorporated life skillstraining, such as anger management, on-the-jobproblem-solving, and assertiveness, which wereincorporated into the intervention to targetemployment problems. Similar to the focusgroup findings, many participants had difficultybalancing their Drug Court requirements, theiremployment, and their family responsibilities.The intervention included sessions that focusedon time management, budgeting, and stressmanagement so that participants could learnhow to cope with these realities.

Participants anecdotally reported an increasein self-confidence after preparing their resumeand practicing identifying their personalemployment strengths and talents. Participantsalso described a change in how they viewed workand employers in general. Some participants,who initially described work as a waste of timewith low entry-level wages, viewed themselves as“investments for employers” and someone anemployer can trust. Other participants realizedthat they could “overcome” problems associatedwith their criminal record and job history andwere capable of finding successful employmentand academic pursuits.

There are several limitations to the project,including the fact that Drug Court program eligi-bility determined study eligibility. In addition,par-ticipants are not a representative sample of drugabusers; the study only includes two drug courts;and self-reported behaviors are used, whose relia-bility can be limited by recall and truthfulness. Inspite of these limitations, the expected projectfindings should increase the understanding ofemployment and help to better understandemployment interventions which target drug

Page 32: a journal of correctional philosophy and practice · PUBLISHED BY The Administrative Office of the United States Court Leonidas Ralph Mecham,Director John M. Hughes,Assistant Director

FEDERAL PROBATION Volume 67 Number 230

Percent working full-time prior to DC 44%Mean number of different jobs in past 5 years 3.7Mean length of longest full-time job (years) 4.3 yearsNo. of days paid for legal job in 6 months before DC Mean: 80.4 days

0 days: 32%1-90 days: 26%91-180 days: 41%

No. of days paid for illegal job in 6 months before DC Mean: 48.1 days0 days: 62%1-90 days: 14%91-180 days: 24%

Percent reported employment problems in 6 mos. before DC 41%Percent bothered by employment problems 6 mos. before DC 28%Usual or last occupation 19% Service Worker

15% Nonfarm laborMajor type of help needed to find or keep a job 34% Transportation

21% Job placement help17% Job training

Mean years of lifetime use 30 day use before DC

Alcohol 7.2 8.4Marijuana 7.0 8.9Crack/Cocaine 4.7 8.3Multiple Substances 6.1 10

Percent incarcerated before age 18 32%Mean age of first adult incarceration 23.4Mean number of times incarcerated after a conviction 4.3

Percent reported ever receiving alcohol abuse treatment only 4%Percent reported ever receiving drug abuse treatment only 33%Mean number of days experienced medical problems in 6 mos. before DC 23.5Percent currently covered by public or private health insurance 28%Mean number of times seen in an emergency room in lifetime 27.1Mean number of times admitted to a hospital in lifetime 12.1Percent treated as outpatient for psychological/ emotional problems 11%Percent reporting lifetime:Depression 44%Anxiety 38%Hallucinations 7%Cognitive Problems 27%Problems with violent behavior 26%Thoughts of suicide 17%Attempted suicide 13%

Prescribed psychological medications 26%

Participant Characteristics Before Drug Court (N=500)TABLE 2

Health and health service utilization patterns before Drug Court (DC)

Drug use before Drug Court (DC)

Criminal involvement prior to Drug Court (DC)

Employment history before Drug Court (DC)

Page 33: a journal of correctional philosophy and practice · PUBLISHED BY The Administrative Office of the United States Court Leonidas Ralph Mecham,Director John M. Hughes,Assistant Director

September 2003 EMPLOYMENT INTERVENTION 31

abusers involved in the criminal justice system.The preliminary evidence suggests that Drug

Court clients should participate in employment-related activities to enhance their employment.The employment intervention is innovativebecause of its emphasis on upgrading employ-ment. Future project studies will examine differ-ences in participants who are randomized intothe enhanced employment intervention whencompared with those who are randomized intoDrug Court as usual. Participants involved in theenhanced intervention are expected, for example,to remain in Drug Court longer, to be moreemployed, and to upgrade their employmentmore often. In addition, the enhanced interven-tion manual could be useful for practitioners whoare interested in increasing employment for drugabusers involved in the criminal justice system.

References

Brewington, V.; Arella, L.; Deren, S.; Randell, J.Obstacles to the Utilization of VocationalServices: An Analysis of the Literature. TheInternational Journal of the Addictions1987, 22(11), 1091-1118.

Comerford, A. W. Work Dysfunction andAddiction: Common Roots. Journal ofSubstance Abuse Treatment 1999, 16, 247-253.

French, M.T.; Dennis, M.L.; McDougal, G.L.;Karuntzos, G.T.; Hubbard, R.L. Training andEmployment Programs in MethadoneTreatment: Clients Needs and Desires.Journal of Substance Abuse Treatment 1992,9, 293-303.

Gorski, T. The CENAPS model of relapse pre-vention: Principles and procedures. Journalof Psychoactive Drugs 1990, 22, 125-133.

Hammer, T.; Ravndal, E.; Vaglum, P. Work is NotEnough: A Quasi-Experimental Study of aVocational Training Program for YoungDrug and Alcohol Abusers. The Journal ofDrug Issues 1985, 15(3), 393-403.

Hubbard, R.L.; Rachal, J.V.; Craddock, S.G.;Cavanaugh, E.R. Treatment OutcomeProspective Study (TOPS): Client characteris-tics and behaviors before, during and aftertreatment, Drug Abuse TreatmentEvaluation: Strategies, Progress, andProspects. Monograph Series 51 (DHHSADM 84-1329). Rockville, MD: NIDA, 1984.

Inciardi, Surratt, Martin, and Hooper, inLeukefeld, C., Tims, F. Farabee, D.Treatment of Drug Offenders, Springer, NewYork, 2002.

Institute of Medicine. Treating drug problems (Vol.1). Washington, DC: National AcademyPress, 1990.

Leukefeld, C.G., Godlaski, T., Clark, J., Brown, C.,Hays, L. (2000). Behavioral Treatment forRural Substance Abusers. Lexington, KY:University Press of Kentucky.

Marlatt, G. A.; Gordon, J. R. Relapse Prevention.Guilford Press: New York, 1985.

McLellan, A.T. (1983). Patient characteristics asso-ciated with outcome. In J.R. Cooper, F.Altman, B.S. Brown, D. Czechowicz (Eds.),Research on the treatment of narcotic addiction:State of the art (DHHS Publication No. ADM87-1281, p. 500-529). Washington, DC:United States Government Printing Office.

Miller, W.R. Rollnick, S.(1991). Motivationalinterviewing. New York: Gilford Press.

National Institute of Corrections, 1997.Employing Offenders. Longmont, CO: NIC.

Platt, J. J. Vocational Rehabilitation of DrugAbusers. Psychological Bulletin 1995,117(3), 416-433.

Room, J. A. Work and Identity in SubstanceAbuse Recovery. Journal of SubstanceAbuse Treatment 1998, 15(1).

Seiter, R. P. Prisoner Reentry and the Role of ParoleOfficers. Federal Probation 2002, 66(3), 50-55.

Siegal, H. A.; Fisher, J H.; Rapp, R. C.; Kelliher,C.W.; Wagner, J. H.; O’Brien, W. F.; Cole,Phyllis A. Enhancing Substance AbuseTreatment with Case Management.Journal of Substance Abuse Treatment1996, Vol. 13, 2, 93-98.

State of Kentucky, 1995. Job readiness activitymanual. Frankfort, KY: Department forEmployment Services.

Staton, M.; Mateyoke, A.; Cole, J.; Hopper, H.;Logan, T.K.; Leukefeld, C. Employmentissues among drug court participants,Journal of Offender Rehabilitation 2002,33(4), 73-85.

Sull, E.C. 1998. The ex-inmate’s complete guide tosuccessful employment. Buffalo, NY: TheCorrectional Education Company.

Walker, R. Leukefeld, C “EmploymentRehabilitation” in Leukefeld, Tims, F.;Farabee, D Treatment of Drug Offenders.Springer: New York, 2002, 69-79.

Vaillant, G. E. What Can Long-Term Follow-upTeach us about Relapse and Prevention ofRelapse in Addiction. British Journal ofAddiction 1988, 83, 1147-1157.

Wolkstein, E.; Spiller, H. Providing VocationalServices to Clients in Substance AbuseRehabilitation. Directions in RehabilitationCounseling 1998, 9, 65-77.

Zanis, D. A.; Metzger, D. S.; McLellan, T. FactorsAssociated with Employment amongMethadone Patients. Journal of SubstanceAbuse Treatment 1994.

Page 34: a journal of correctional philosophy and practice · PUBLISHED BY The Administrative Office of the United States Court Leonidas Ralph Mecham,Director John M. Hughes,Assistant Director

What Are Co-OccurringDisorders?

According to the Center for Substance AbuseTreatment (CSAT) Treatment ImprovementProtocol (TIP), Substance Abuse Treatment forPersons With Co-Occurring Disorders,

… Clients said to have co-occurring dis-

orders have one or more mental disorders

as well as one or more disorders relating

to the use of alcohol and/or other drugs. A

diagnosis of co-occurring disorders

(COD) occurs when at least one disorder

of each type can be established independ-

ently of the other and is not simply a clus-

ter of symptoms resulting from the one

disorder. (CSAT, 2003, Chapter 1).

Replacing older terms such as “dual diagno-sis,”“mentally ill chemical abusers,” and “comor-bidity,” “co-occurring disorders” can encompassthe full range of mental disorders, includingdepression, mood disorders, schizophrenia andpersonality disorders. This article summarizesthe research on the prevalence of COD in offend-er populations, and the implications for treat-ment. Some principles and approaches guidingthe treatment of offenders with COD arereviewed, the emerging evaluation researchreports are reviewed, and recommendations fortreatment and future research are provided.

Prevalence and Seriousness ofthe Problem

Prevalence denotes, within a specific population,the percentage of persons who have a particulardisorder, while incidence denotes the percentageof a population with new cases (e.g., in a six-month period) (Merriam-Webster, 2003;Hendrie et al., 2001). In the 1980s and 1990s,substance abuse treatment programs reportedthat 50 to 75 percent of their clients had co-occurring mental disorders, while mental healthclinics reported that between 20 and 50 percentof their clients had a co-occurring substance usedisorder (see Sacks et al. 1997 for a summary of

studies.). The prevalence of mental illness andsubstance abuse among incarcerated offenderswas examined by Powell, Holt, and Fondacaro(1997) in a review of 13 studies publishedbetween 1982 and 1995. The percentages ofoffenders who were reported to have diagnoses ofcommon types of mental illness and substanceuse (not necessarily COD) compiled from theeight most recent of these studies (publishedfrom 1990 through 1997) are shown in Table 1.

Recent surveys by the Bureau of Justice foundthat “16 percent of State prison inmates, 7 percentof Federal inmates, and 16 percent of those inlocal jails reported either a mental condition or anovernight stay in a mental hospital” (Ditton

Co-Occurring Substance Use andMental Disorders in Offenders:Approaches, Findings andRecommendations

Stanley Sacks, Ph.D. and Frank S. Pearson, Ph.D.

Center for the Integration of Research and Practice

National Development and Research Institutes, Inc.

FEDERAL PROBATION Volume 67 Number 232

Disorder N of Studies Median %

Alcohol dependence 8 73%

Drug dependence 6 59%

Antisocial 7 51%

Depression 7 10%

Dysthymia 7 7%

Schizophrenia 6 4% 2% to 5%

Source: These statistics were computed from the data presented in Tables 1, 2, and 4 in Powell, Holt, and Fondacaro (1997). Some used 6-month criteria, others lifetime criteria; see the source for details.

47% to 82%

32% to 64%

41% to 64%

5% to 17%

TABLE 1Prevalence of some typical disorders as reported in studies of jails and prisons published 1990 to 1997.

Range

2% to 11%

Page 35: a journal of correctional philosophy and practice · PUBLISHED BY The Administrative Office of the United States Court Leonidas Ralph Mecham,Director John M. Hughes,Assistant Director

September 2003 CO-OCCURRING SUBSTANCE USE AND MENTAL DISORDERS 33

1999). Direct evidence on the prevalence of CODamong offenders has been reported, some ofwhich indicates that the incidence of COD isincreasing. The Survey of Inmates of Local Jails—1983, which compiled interview responses from5,785 inmates in 407 institutions, categorized 15.4percent as both mentally ill and substance abus-ing (Canales-Portalatin, 1995). A randomized,stratified sample of 1,829 delinquent youth ages10-18 admitted to the Cook County (Chicago)Juvenile Temporary Detention Center found thatnearly 50 percent of detainees were diagnosedwith alcohol or drug dependence, and that almost66 percent of boys and 73 percent of girls werediagnosed with one or more psychiatric disor-ders. These statistics provide the context for theincidence of COD, with 28 percent of the sampleexhibiting both a conduct/behavior disorder anda substance abuse/dependence disorder (NationalInstitute of Justice, 2000: 31; National Institute ofMental Health, 2002).

A clinical assessment of offenders in theColorado Department of Corrections showstrends of COD over the last decade. Kleinsasserand Michaud (2002), counting current diagnoses,not lifetime, report that mental disorders withinthis offender population increased from 3.9 to 14.0percent between 1991 and 2001, and about threequarters of these had substance use disorders.

The challenges of treating clients with seriousmental illness (SMI) and substance use disordersare apparent. A study of 121 clients with psychosesincluded 36 percent who were diagnosed with a co-occurring substance use disorder; this latter groupspent twice as many days in hospital over the twoyears prior to treatment as did their non-substanceabusing counterparts (Crome 1999, p. 156;Menezes et al. 1996). Other studies (Drake et al.1998; U. S. Department of Health & HumanServices,1999) have documented poorer outcomesfor clients who have SMI co-occurring with sub-stance use disorders, in terms of higher rates ofHIV infection, relapse, rehospitalization, depres-sion, and risk of suicide. Involvement with thecriminal justice system further complicates treat-ment for those with COD,and initiatives specific tothe needs and functioning of COD offenders havebeen developed. The next section begins with a listof principles recommended by experts to guide thetreatment of offenders with COD and is followedby a summary of some emerging programs.

Approaches to Treatment forOffenders with COD

In 1999, a meeting of major treatment policymakers introduced a model for COD levels ofcare, endorsed by the Substance Abuse andMental Health Services Administration (SAMH-

SA), which is defined by four “quadrants”(National Association of State Mental HealthProgram Directors and National Association ofState Alcohol and Drug Abuse Directors, 1999).The quadrant model can be used both to designsystems/programs and to determine whether ornot a client’s treatment is at the appropriate levelof care. The disorders and needs of clients in eachquadrant are: 1) Less severe mental disorder andless severe substance use disorder—treatment inoutpatient settings of either mental health orchemical dependency programs, with consulta-tion or collaboration between settings as needed;2) More severe mental disorder and less severesubstance disorder—treatment in intermediatelevel mental health programs using integratedcase management; 3) Less severe mental disorderand more severe substance disorder—treatmentin intermediate level substance use disorder treat-ment programs, with mental health program col-laboration as needed; 4) More severe mental disorder and more severe substance disorder—treatment with intensive, comprehensive andintegrated services for both substance use andmental disorders, available in a variety of settings(e.g., correctional institutions, state hospitals, orresidential substance abuse treatment programs).Of course, COD is not just a health care problem;concerns of justice and legal rights are involved aswell. Treatment should be delivered within thebounds of law and justice, not ignoring theseprinciples (see, for example, Davis, 2003; Denckla& Berman, 2001; The Judge David L. BazelonCenter for Mental Health Law. 2003).

Diversion

In this context, diversion is a strategy of firstidentifying those COD offenders who are less ofa threat to the community, then redirecting themaway from the standard flow of criminal justicecases. For example, selected types of arresteesawaiting trial may be diverted to treatment priorto trial or to sentencing. Diversion saves criminaljustice resources for more serious crimes andhigher-risk offenders, and provides treatment tothese individuals much sooner than is possibleunder normal criminal justice processing.Effective diversion emphasizes “…learning howto collaborate with law enforcement person-nel…and ensuring that clients who are intensive-ly monitored are also provided with adequatetreatment to avoid jail recidivism” (Draine andSolomon, 1999: 56).

Screening and Assessment

A program is responsible to conduct screeningthat identifies those who might harm themselvesor others, as well as those who show evidence of

an incapacitating mental disorder. Preliminaryevidence of COD is uncovered through a basicassessment, which also examines diagnoses,criminal history, and readiness for change, prob-lems and strengths, to provide the counselor withsufficient data for treatment planning. Of course,standardized screening and assessment instru-ments should be used (CSAT, 2003); Peters andHills (1997: 10-11) provide an extended listing ofsome recommended instruments for substancedependence and for mental health. Thoseresearchers we have used and found valuableinclude, for substance dependence, the ASI(McLellan, Kushner, Metzger, Peters , et al., 1992);for mental health, the Beck Depression Inventory[BDI] (Beck, Steer, and Brown, 1996); the BriefSymptom Inventory [BSI] (Derogatis, 1993);and/or the Symptom Checklist 90 B Revised[SCL-90-R] (Derogatis, 1983).

For in-depth diagnoses, the DiagnosticInterview Schedule [DIS] (Robins, Cottler,Bucholz, and Compton. 1995) and theStructured Clinical Interview for DSM-IV BPatient Version [SCID] (First, Gibbon, Spitzer,and Williams, 1996), but both of these intensivediagnostic instruments require lengthy trainingeven for staff with graduate degrees to learnexactly how to administer and how to score theinterviews; also, an interview typically takes oneto two hours to administer, and longer to score.

Osher, Steadman and Barr (2002) point outthat, in addition to using appropriate instru-ments, it is important to gather informationfrom other relevant sources (law enforcement,the court, family members) and to engage theoffender in assessing his or her own needs. Anyspecial circumstances (gender, age, languageskills and comprehension, etc.) must be takeninto account in the assessment.

Because symptoms typically change overtime, often improving due to treatment, some-times worsening due to stressors or other factors,assessment should be repeated several times dur-ing the course of treatment (Peters and Hills,1997: 25). A full description of the screening andassessment process and the available instruments(not specifically for offenders with COD, butwhich could be adapted) are found in the recentTIP for COD (CSAT, 2003).

Individualized Treatment Plan

“One size fits all” approaches to treatment ofCOD offenders simply will not work. Rather,“orientations and treatment activities should beflexibly designed for different diagnostic groups,individuals with different cognitive abilities; anddifferent level of motivation for treatment”(Peters and Hills, 1997: 25). Again, the offender

Page 36: a journal of correctional philosophy and practice · PUBLISHED BY The Administrative Office of the United States Court Leonidas Ralph Mecham,Director John M. Hughes,Assistant Director

must be encouraged to participate in assessinghis or her own needs and in developing his or herown treatment plan. It is especially valuable toconsider the offender’s input regarding pastexperiences with mental health or substanceabuse treatment in terms of what worked andwhat didn’t (Osher, Steadman, and Barr, 2002).

Pharmacological Treatment

Research has shown that treatment with particu-lar medications is helpful for specific diagnosesof mental illness in particular individual circum-stances (U.S. Department of Health and HumanServices, 1999; see also National Institute onDrug Abuse, 1999). For example, pharmacologi-cal advances over the past decade have producedantipsychotic and other medications with greatereffectiveness and fewer side effects (CSAT, 2003).It is generally helpful for mental health cliniciansto obtain information about COD clients fromthe clients’ substance abuse treatment counselorsas well, in order to design effective treatment forboth types of disorders. When desirable medica-tion regimens are prescribed, careful monitoringshould be used to ensure that medication com-pliance is maintained (Osher, Steadman, andBarr, 2002).

Integration of Treatment

Integrated treatment refers broadly to any

mechanism by which treatment interven-

tions for COD are combined within the

context of a primary treatment relation-

ship or service setting…As such, integrat-

ed treatment reflects the longstanding

concern within drug abuse programs for

treating the whole person and recognizes

the importance of ensuring that entry

into any one system can provide access to

all needed systems: in short, that clients

face “no wrong door” in accessing treat-

ment and services. (CSAT, 2003; Executive

Summary)

Within offender populations the concept ofintegrated treatment should also include inter-ventions that address criminal thinking, such asthe cognitive-behavioral approaches designedfor this purpose.

Experience within the mental health systemhas led to treatment models that integrate sub-stance use services (CSAT 1994; Drake andMueser 1996; Lehman and Dixon 1995; Minkoffand Drake 1991; Zimberg 1993). In 1998, Drakeand colleagues reviewed research emanating fromstudies conducted within mental health centers,concluding that comprehensive, integrated treat-ment,“especially when delivered for 18 months or

longer, resulted in significant reductions of sub-stance abuse and, in some cases, in substantialrates of remission, as well as reductions in hospi-tal use and/or improvements in other outcomes”(Drake et al. 1998, p. 601). Similarly, studies with-in substance abuse treatment centers found thatthe integration of mental health services onsiteimproved both retention and outcome (Charneyet al. 2001; McLellan et al. 1993; Saxon and Calsyn1995; Weisner et al. 2001). The modified TC hasdemonstrated effectiveness among homelessclients with COD (De Leon, Sacks, Staines, andMcKendrick, 2000). It is now recognized thattreatment services for COD must be comprehen-sive (capable of responding to multiple issues),integrated (combining substance abuse and men-tal health treatment), and continuous (graduat-ing through levels of care) (CSAT, 2003). Theseintegrative models can be adapted for use withinthe criminal justice system.

Phases of Treatment

Many clinicians view clients as progressing throughphases (Drake and Mueser 1996; McHugo et al.1995; Osher and Kofoed 1989; Sacks et al. 1998).Generally, three to four phases are identified,including engagement, stabilization, treatment,and continuing care (aftercare).Psychoeducationalapproaches are common and clinically useful inthe early stages of treatment to help individualsunderstand both their mental health disorder andsubstance abuse (Peters and Hills, 1997: 25). Themiddle phases should focus on mental health andsubstance abuse treatment, and on changes incriminal thinking and behavior and other prob-lematic behavior patterns. Later phases emphasizecommunity re-entry; the transition from treat-ment in prison to treatment in the community isespecially important. Two crucial tasks are (1) to“identify required community and correctionalprograms responsible for post-release services”and(2) to “coordinate the transition plan to ensureimplementation and avoid gaps in care” (Osher,Steadman, and Barr, 2002: 13-15).

Continuity of Care

Because both mental and substance use disorderstend to be chronic, and because recidivism like-wise tends to recur, rehabilitation and recoveryfor offenders with COD is expected to takemonths, if not years. As clients move across dif-ferent service systems, coordination (e.g.,Morrissey et al. 1997) is needed to provide coher-ent care over time. This continuity is essential forthe COD offender population, which is particu-larly susceptible to symptom recurrence, sub-

stance abuse relapse, and criminal recidivism.Studies of criminal justice populations pro-

vide evidence of the benefits of continuity ofcare for those offenders not specifically identi-fied as having COD. For example, at 3 yearspost-treatment, only 27 percent of thoseprison program completers who also complet-ed an aftercare program were returned to cus-tody, while three-fourths of the subjects in allother study groups were returned (Wexler etal., 1999); similar findings were reported byKnight and colleagues (1999) and by Inciardiet al. (1997). Although these studies are subjectto selection bias for entry into aftercare, thelong-term outcomes suggest support for theuse of aftercare as an essential element in sus-taining positive treatment effects over time.

Examples of Programming

Over the past decade, interventions have beenimplemented to improve COD services deliv-ered to offenders, and several programs foroffenders with COD have been developed, mosthaving some features in accord with the princi-ples of effective treatment discussed above. Thissection provides examples of programming cur-rently in place; however, research is needed toevaluate both the principles and the programs.

Diversion Approaches

Diversion programs can play a role before anoffender is sent to jail to await trial (pre-bookingdiversion), while in jail awaiting trial, or while injail awaiting sentencing.

Pre-Booking Programs

Pre-booking programs typically involvedpartnerships between the police and mentalhealth professionals to deal with individualswho appear to have committed less seriousoffenses (e.g., misdemeanors) as a result ofpsychiatric problems (and who do not pose arisk of violence) by diverting them to mentalhealth treatment instead of charging theseoffenders and having them await trial (Lamb,Shaner, Elliot et al., 1995). The other diver-sion programs summarized here are post-booking programs.

Mental Health Courts

In Mental Health Courts, the judge (as well asmaking the standard “judicial” decisions) typi-cally takes a more active role than usual in the

FEDERAL PROBATION Volume 67 Number 234

Page 37: a journal of correctional philosophy and practice · PUBLISHED BY The Administrative Office of the United States Court Leonidas Ralph Mecham,Director John M. Hughes,Assistant Director

September 2003 CO-OCCURRING SUBSTANCE USE AND MENTAL DISORDERS 35

early stages of case processing. Although somemental health courts have a general caseload,most participants in the San Bernadino MentalHealth Court have COD. This program admitsdefendants charged with nonviolent lower- levelfelonies, punishable by up to 6 years in prison,and defendants charged with misdemeanors forwhom a jail term is otherwise likely. Clinical staffconduct interviews and screening, using a two-to three-week period to collect backgroundinformation and to stabilize the client on med-ication. Upon admission, the offender is placedon probation, contingent upon compliance withan individualized treatment contract. Most par-ticipants are released into a board-and-care resi-dential treatment facility. Case managers visiteach client several times a week to ensure adher-ence to the treatment contract and delivery ofappropriate treatment. Clients participate in awide array of residential services, includinggroup therapy, anger management, socializationskills, psychotherapy, medication therapy, chem-ical dependency treatment, budgeting skill train-ing, and drug testing (Bureau of JusticeAssistance, 2000: Chapter 5).

Jail Diversion Programs

In these programs the judge retains his or herstandard role while another party plays a moreactive role in the screening and processing ofpotentially eligible psychiatric cases. For example,the District Attorney’s office may take on thescreening work. The Kings County (Brooklyn,New York) Treatment Alternatives for DuallyDiagnosed Defendants (TADD) identifies poten-tial eligible offenders (by the nature of thecharges, referrals from mental health or substanceabuse treatment providers, etc.) for clinical assess-ment to determine whether the criteria of COD(diagnosis of both a DSM IV Axis I mental disor-der and a substance abuse disorder) are met. TheDistrict Attorney’s Office determines the pleaoffer for those who are eligible: if accepted incourt, this leads to admission into TADD. Felons(62 percent of the participants) are placed intreatment for 16-24 months, while those withmisdemeanor charges enter treatment for shorterterms. As reported this year, 47 percent of thoseentering TADD go directly into residential treat-ment, 22 percent are referred to outpatient facili-ties, 6 percent are placed in crisis beds pendingresidential treatment, and the remainder arereferred to other forms of treatment. SuccessfulTADD completion results in withdrawal of theguilty plea and the charges are dismissed; if theoffender is unsuccessful, he or she is sentenced inaccordance with the plea offer (District Attorney’sOffice Kings County NY, 2003).

Jail or Prison Approaches

After reviewing seven dual diagnosis treatmentprograms in state and federal prisons for inmateswith COD, Edens, Peters, and Hills (1997: 439)state in summary that

Key program components include an extend-ed assessment period, orientation/motivation-al activities, psychoeducational groups, andcognitive behavioral interventions, such asrestructuring of “criminal thinking errors,”self-help groups, medication monitoring,relapse prevention, and transition into institu-tion or community-based aftercare facilities.Many programs use therapeutic communityapproaches that are modified to provide (a)greater individual counseling and support, (b)less confrontation, (c) smaller staff caseloads,and (d) cross training of staff. Research isunderway in 3 of the 7 sites to examine theeffectiveness of these new programs.

The Clackamas County Program(Oregon City, OR)

This program begins with pretreatment servicesfor inmates with COD that explore psychoeduca-tional and preliminary treatment issues, and thatare provided by a substance abuse treatment coun-selor and a corrections counselor who is certified toprovide substance abuse treatment services. Onrelease, many of these inmates transfer to theCorrections Substance Abuse Program, a residentialtreatment program in a work release setting. Onsuccessful completion of the program,clients moveto outpatient care in the community with contin-ued monitoring by probation or parole.

The highest incidence of personality disor-ders among Clackamas County substance abusetreatment programs is found among offendersunder electronic surveillance. A program for thisdifficult group relies on building skills to addresssuch mental health issues as criminal thinkingerrors, anger management, and conflict resolu-tion. Bridges is a specific subset within this pro-gram explicitly for clients who have COD, whichprovides both case management and treatmentservices. Since treatment for most of these clientsis complicated by their severe and persistentmental illness and their history of failure inschool and work, Bridges is intensive, step-wise,and structured, providing support and opportu-nity for clients to develop social and work skills(CSAT, 2003).

The Colorado Modified TC

Personal Reflections is a program for inmateswith mental illness housed in a separate unit at

the San Carlos Correctional Facility inColorado. Therapeutic community (TC) prin-ciples and methods provide the foundation forrecovery and the structure for the program ofsubstance abuse and mental health treatment,and for a cognitive-behavioral curriculumfocused on criminal thinking and activity. Apositive peer culture facilitates behaviorchange, while psychoeducational classesincrease the inmate’s understanding of mentalillness, addiction, the nature of COD, drugs ofuse and abuse, and the connection betweenthoughts and behavior. These classes also teachemotional and behavioral coping skills. Thosewho complete the prison program are eligiblefor a TC program in community correctionson release (see Sacks and Sacks, 2003 for a fulldescription of the program).

Programming for Women Offenders

The WINGS Program at Riker’s Island jail (NewYork City) provides voluntary substance abuse,mental health, and medical treatment services towomen. The program includes group counsel-ing, parenting skills classes, case management,and discharge planning (Barnhill, 2002).TAMAR’s Children (Maryland) is designed forpregnant and post-partum women (with theirinfants) who are in state and local detention facil-ities. The program objective is to foster mother-infant attachments and to integrate the deliveryof mental health services, substance abuse treat-ment, and trauma treatment (Barnhill, 2002).

Research on Outcomes

This section reviews the emerging findings onoutcomes of treatment for offenders with COD.Since relatively few studies have been publishedas yet, the outline of approaches from the pre-ceding section is followed only roughly, andother outcome studies (e.g., Jail CaseManagement) have been included.

Jail diversion programs

In 1999, Steadman et al. found only three pub-lished reports on the effectiveness of jail diver-sion programs for those with COD. The first(Lamb, Shaner, Elliot et al., 1995) assessed a pre-booking diversion program that teamed policeofficers and mental health professionals; the for-mer provided transportation and skills in han-dling violence, while the latter contributedexpertise in mental illness diagnoses and in dealingwith psychiatric patients. The team made decisionsfor disposition of psychiatric crisis cases in the com-munity, including those with a threat of violence or

Page 38: a journal of correctional philosophy and practice · PUBLISHED BY The Administrative Office of the United States Court Leonidas Ralph Mecham,Director John M. Hughes,Assistant Director

actual violence. In a six-month follow-up of the 224cases under study, most of the troubled individualswere sent to hospitals for examination;only two weresent to jail.Similarly,a second study (Borum,Deane,Steadman et al., 1998) examined pre-booking pro-grams that showed promise in diverting those withmental disorders from jail while facilitating access totreatment.On average,only 6.7 percent of the “men-tal disturbance” calls resulted in arrest. The thirdstudy (Lamb, Weinberger, and Reston-Parham,1995) reported on a post-booking program that pro-vided mental health consultation to a municipalcourt. One-year follow-up data suggested that thosewho participated in the program had, on average,better outcomes than those who did not participate.Steadman,et al.(1999) point out that,although thesethree research studies do provide useful information,the research methods employed were not rigorousenough to determine that the interventions wereresponsible for the observed outcomes.

A Multnomah County (Oregon) diversion pro-gram provides intervention treatment for offenderswho are in psychiatric crisis,many of whom have sig-nificant alcohol and drug problems.A study (Gratton,2001) comparing 73 offenders who were diverted totreatment to 133 who were sentenced to jail foundthat the jail group had lower re-arrest rates and betterliving situations at follow-up. The diversion groupwas using drugs more often than the jail group at the3-month but not at the 12-month follow-up,possiblybecause of continued substance abuse treatment.Thediversion group did report significantly higher men-tal health functioning after a year, suggesting theadvantage of mental health services.

Prison programs

Edens, Peters, and Hills (1997) describe the EstelleUnit in the Substance Abuse Felony PunishmentFacility that contains mainly COD inmates in amodified TC operated by the Gateway Foundationfor the Texas Department of Criminal Justice. Overa period of 9-12 months, at least 20 hours per weekof treatment and education services are provided,including counseling for chemical dependency andrelapse prevention. The authors cite Von Sternberg’s(1997) unpublished report indicating high rates ofretention in treatment,and lower rates of crime anddrug use for graduates of the program, relative to acomparison group.

Van Stelle and Moberg (2000) conducted anoutcome evaluation of the Mental Illness-Chemical Abuse (MICA) Program at OshkoshCorrectional Institution (Wisconsin), whichincluded a comparison group of offenders whomet MICA eligibility criteria,but who did not haveenough time remaining on their sentences to par-ticipate in the experimental program. Logisticregression analyses revealed that MICA partici-

pants (both completers and dropouts) were morelikely than those in the comparison group to bemedication compliant, abstinent from substanceuse, and more stable at three months after release.These results suggest that medication complianceand resulting mental health stability may be asso-ciated with abstinence from substance use andperhaps to a decreased likelihood of recidivism.The authors note that only a small sample wasavailable at the time of the evaluation, which qual-ifies the longer-term outcomes as preliminary.

In a study of the Colorado modified TCdescribed above, Sacks and colleagues (2003) ran-domly assigned inmates with COD to eitherModified TC or Mental Health treatment. Uponcompletion of prison treatment and release to thecommunity, the Modified TC subjects could electto enter an aftercare TC, while those in the MentalHealth group were eligible to receive a variety ofservices in the community. The findings show anadvantage for Modified TC treatment on meas-ures of criminal behavior, particularly whenprison and aftercare TC treatment are combined,as reincarceration at 12 months post-prisonrelease for this group (5%) was significantly lower(p<.02) than for the Mental Health group (33%).These results support the principles of integratedtreatment and continuity of care.

Jail Case Management

Godley et al. (2000) assessed a demonstration casemanagement program for jailed individuals withCOD. Program admissions were sentenced to pro-bation, avoiding further time in jail, provided thatthey maintained compliance with the program.Case management services included screening, sub-stance abuse treatment placement, progress moni-toring for the court, graduated sanctions to increasetreatment engagement, facilitated involvement ofsignificant others,and referrals to various other sup-port services. Of the 54 clients enrolled, six-monthfollow-up data were obtained for 41 participants,and showed statistically significant reductions inlegal problems and improvements in symptoms.

Future Directions andRecommendations

Treatment

1. Follow the five principles of treatment of clientsdiscussed earlier (screening and assessment,individual treatment plans, integrated treat-ment, a phased approach, continuity of care), aswell as the essential components of treatmentfor COD offenders (e.g., psychiatricallyenhanced staffing, psychoeducational classes,

criminal thinking and behavior interventions)described in the COD TIP (CSAT, 2003).

2. Extend the range of treatment available tooffenders with COD. The modified TC is apromising approach (Sacks and Sacks, 2003;Sacks et al., 2003), while several other sub-stance abuse methods translate effectively tothe treatment of COD, e.g., motivationalinterviewing (Carey et al., 2001), cognitivebehavioral approaches (Peters and Hills,1997), contingency management, (Petry,2000; Petry et al., 2001) and relapse preventionstrategies (Roberts et al., 1999).

3 Develop recommendations that will improvecontinuity of care; potential methods includethe Modified TC, Assertive CommunityTreatment, and Intensive Case Management.

Research

1. Conduct a prevalence study of COD in adultoffender populations that will examine thecombined mental and substance abuse disor-ders, and delineate subgroups and age ranges,using sound procedures (clinical interview,record review, or standardized assessmentinstrument). This research will clarify the typeand severity of COD in the offender popula-tion to inform policy and planning.

2. Survey services, staffing, resources, organiza-tional characteristics, and integration of sub-stance abuse and mental health treatment ofexisting COD prison programs. This informa-tion will inform program design by describingthe environment and available resources.

3. Develop, refine, and test treatment approachesand strategies for offenders with COD (a) forin-prison treatment, (b) for successful transi-tion to aftercare to promote continuity of care,and (c) for use of community resources toaddress the multiple needs of criminal justiceclients with COD.

4. Conduct systems and economic analysis toexamine (a) to examine barriers both to treat-ment and to the integration of mental healthand substance abuse services, and to elicit spe-cific issues that generate public opposition,and(b) to study the costs of treatment and the ben-efits relative to costs.

FEDERAL PROBATION Volume 67 Number 236

Page 39: a journal of correctional philosophy and practice · PUBLISHED BY The Administrative Office of the United States Court Leonidas Ralph Mecham,Director John M. Hughes,Assistant Director

September 2003 CO-OCCURRING SUBSTANCE USE AND MENTAL DISORDERS 37

Conclusion

Prevalence of COD in offender populations ishigh, and shows indications of being on the rise.Treatment principles that guide COD program-ming are now available, along with a variety ofemerging program models and strategies, someof which show promising research results interms of effectiveness. Additional program devel-opment, accompanied by rigorous evaluationresearch, is needed. The recently formed CriminalJustice Drug Abuse Treatment Network (NationalInstitute on Drug Abuse, 2002) calls for analliance among research, practice, and criminaljustice to advance programs and research for sub-stance abusing offenders. This initiative is partic-ularly important to the COD offender popula-tion, which experiences unique difficulties andbarriers to treatment, especially upon dischargefrom prison. A coordinated effort of practition-ers, treatment providers, and criminal justice pro-fessionals is necessary to advance COD treatmentfor offenders while assuring that both publichealth and public safety concerns are met.

References

Barnhill, S. (2002). Residential and institutionalservices: Visitation and cohabitation strate-gies. Delmar, NY: National GAINS Center.

Beck,A.T.,Steer,R.A.,& Brown,G.K.(1996).BDI-II Manual: Beck Depression Inventory. SanAntonio, TX: The Psychological Corporation.

Borum, R., Deane, M. W., Steadman, H., & et al.(1998). Police perspectives on respondingto mentally ill people in crisis. BehavioralSciences and the Law, 16, 393-405.

Bureau of Justice Assistance. (2000). EmergingJudicial Strategies for the Mentally Ill in theCriminal Caseload. Washington, DC:Bureau of Justice Assistance.

Canales-Portalatin, D. (1995). Comorbidity ofmental illness and substance use in jail pop-ulations. Journal of Offender Rehabilitation,22(1/2), 59-76.

Carey, K. B., Purnine, D. M., Maisto, S. A., &Carey, M. P. (2001). Enhancing readiness-to-change substance abuse in persons withschizophrenia: A four-session motivation-based intervention. Behavior Modification,25(3), 331-384.

Center for Substance Abuse Treatment. (1994).Assessment and treatment of patients withco-existing mental illness and alcohol andother drug abuse. Treatment ImprovementProtocol (TIP) Series, Number 9. DHHSPub. No. (SMA) 95-3061. Rockville, MD:Center for Substance Abuse Treatment.

Center for Substance Abuse Treatment. (2003).Substance Abuse Treatment for Personswith Co-Occurring Disorders. TreatmentImprovement Protocol (TIP) Series,Number __ . S. Sacks, Chair & R. Reis, Co-Chair, Consensus Panel. DHHS Pub. No.(SMA) __-____. Rockville, MD: SubstanceAbuse and Mental Health ServicesAdministration (in press).

Charney, D. A., Paraherakis, A. M., & Gill, K. J.(2001). Integrated treatment of comorbiddepression and substance use disorders.Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 62(9), 672-677.

Crome, I. B. (1999). Substance misuse and psy-chiatric comorbidity: Towards improvedservice provision. Drugs: Education,Prevention & Policy, 6(2), 151-174.

Davis, W. N. (2003). Special Problems forSpecialty Courts. American Bar AssociationJournal, 89, 32-37.

De Leon, G., Sacks, S., Staines, G., & McKendrick,K. (2000). Modified therapeutic communityfor homeless MICAs: Treatment Outcomes.Journal of Substance Abuse, 26(3), 461-480.

Denckla, D., & Berman, G. (2001). Rethinkingthe Revolving Door: A Look at Mental Illnessin the Courts. Center for Court Innovation,United States.

Derogatis LR. (1983). SCL-90-R: Administration,Scoring & Procedures Manual—II for theR(evised) Version and Other Instruments of thePsychopathology Rating Scale Series. Towson,MD: Clinical Psychometric Research.

Derogatis, L. R. (1993). BSI Brief SymptomInventory Administration, Scoring, andProcedures Manual. Minneapolis, MN:National Computer Systems, Inc.

District Attorney’s Office Kings County NY.(2003) Treatment Alternatives for DuallyDiagnosed Defendants (TADD) [WebPage]. URL http://www.brooklynda.org/DTAP/TADD.htm [2003, May 27].

Ditton, P. M. (1999) Mental health andtreatment of inmates and probationers.Washington, DC: Bureau of JusticeStatistics [Web Page]. URLhttp://www.ojp.usdoj.gov/bjs/pub/ascii/mhtip.txt.

Draine, J., & Solomon, P. (1999). Describingand evaluating jail diversion services forpersons with serious mental illness.Psychiatric Services, 50(1), 56-61.

Drake, R. E., & Mueser, K. T. (1996). DualDiagnosis of Major Mental Illness andSubstance Abuse Disorder II: RecentResearch and Clinical Implications. NewDirections for Mental Health Services. SanFrancisco, CA: Jossey-Bass, Inc.

Drake, R. E., Mercer-McFadden, C., Mueser, K.T., McHugo, G. J., & Bond, G. R. (1998).Review of integrated mental health andsubstance abuse treatment for patientswith dual disorders. SchizophreniaBulletin, 24(4), 589-608.

Edens, J. F., Peters, R. H., & Hills, H. A. (1997).Treating prison inmates with co-occur-ring disorders: An integrative review ofexisting programs. Behavioral Sciences andthe Law, 15(4), 439-457.

First, M. B., Gibbon, M., Spitzer, R. L., &Williams, J. B. W. (1996). User’s Guide forthe Structured Clinical Interview for DSM-IV Axis I Disorders - Research Version(SCID-I, Version 2.0). New York:Biometrics Research Department, NewYork State Psychiatric Institute, 722 W168th Street, New York 10032.

Godley, S. H., Finch, M., Dougan, L.,McDonnell, M., McDermeit, M., & Carey,A. (2000). Case management for duallydiagnosed individuals involved in thecriminal justice system. Journal ofSubstance Abuse Treatment, 18(2), 137-148.

Gratton, J. (2001). Jail diversion for personswith co-occurring disorders. CriminalJustice Abstracts.

Hendrie, H. C., Ogunniyi, A., Hall, K. S.,Baiyewu, O., Unverzagt, F. W., Gureje, O.,Gao, S., Evans, R. M., Ogunseyinde, A. O.,Adeyinka, A. O., Musick, B., & Hui, S. L.(2001). Incidence of dementia andAlzheimer disease in 2 Communities:Yoruba residing in Ibadan, Nigeria, and

Page 40: a journal of correctional philosophy and practice · PUBLISHED BY The Administrative Office of the United States Court Leonidas Ralph Mecham,Director John M. Hughes,Assistant Director

African Americans residing in Indianapolis,Indiana. Journal of the American MedicalAssociation, 285(6), 739-747.

Inciardi, J. A., Martin, S. S., Butzin, C. A.,Hooper, R. M., & Harrison, L. D. (1997).An effective model of prison-based treat-ment for drug-involved. Journal of DrugIssues, 27(2), 261-278.

Kleinsasser L. D., & Michaud, J. T. (2002).Identifying and tracking seriously mentallyill offenders in the Colorado Department ofCorrections. Presentation to the MentalHealth in Corrections Consortium.

Knight, K., Simpson, D. D., & Hiller, M. L. (1999).Three-year reincarceration outcomes for in-prison therapeutic community treatment inTexas. The Prison Journal, 79(3), 337-351.

Lamb, R. H., Shaner, R., Elliot, D. M., & et al.(1995). Outcome for psychiatric emer-gency patients seen by an outreach police-mental health team. Psychiatric Services,46, 1267-1271.

Lamb, R. H.,Weinberger, L. E., & Reston-Parham,C. (1995). Court intervention to address themental health needs of mentally ill offenders.Psychiatric Services, 47, 275-281.

Lehman, A. F., & Dixon, L. B. (1995). DoubleJeopardy: Chronic Mental Illness andSubstance Use Disorders. Chur, Switzerland:Harwood Academic Publishers.

McHugo, G. J., Drake, R. E., Burton, H. L., &Ackerson, T. H. (1995). A scale for assessingthe stage of substance abuse treatment inpersons with severe mental illness. Journalof Nervous & Mental Disease, 183, 762-767.

McLellan, A. T., Arndt, I. O., Metzger, D. S.,Woody, G. E., & O=Brien, C. P. (1993).The effects of psychosocial services insubstance abuse treatment. Journal of theAmerican Medical Association, 269(15),1953-1959.

McLellan, A. T., Kushner, H., Metzger, D., PetersF., & et al. (1992). The fifth edition of theAddiction Severity Index. Journal ofSubstance Abuse Treatment, 9, 199-213.

Menezes, P. R., Johnson, S., Thornicroft, G.,Marshall, J., Prosser, D., Bebbington, P., &Kuipers, E. (1996). Drug and alcoholproblems among individuals with severe

mental illness in south London. BritishJournal of Psychiatry, 168(5), 612-619.

Merriam-Webster. (2003) Medical Dictionary[Web Page]. URL http://www2.merriam-webster.com/cgi-bin/mwmednlm [2003,June 6].

Minkoff, K., & Drake, R. (1991). Dual Diagnosisof Major Mental Illness and SubstanceDisorder. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

Morrissey, J., Calloway, M., Johnsen, M., &Ullman, M. (1997). Service system per-formance and integration: A baseline pro-file of the ACCESS demonstration sites.Access to community care and effectiveservices and supports. Psychiatric Services,48(3), 374-380.

National Association of State Mental HealthProgram Directors and National Associationof State Alcohol and Drug Abuse Directors.(1999). National Dialogue on Co-OccurringMental Health and Substance Abuse Disorders.Washington, DC: National Association ofState Alcohol and Drug Abuse Directors,http://www.nasadad.org/Departments/Research/ConsensusFramework/national_dia-logue_on.htm [Accessed December 27,2000].

National Institute of Mental Health. (2002) NEWSRELEASE: Psychiatric disorders commonamong detained youth [Web Page]. URLhttp://www.nimh.nih.gov/events/prjuve-niles.cfm [ 2003, March 18].

National Institute on Drug Abuse. (1999) Principlesof Drug Addiction Treatment [Web Page].URLhttp://165.112.78.61/PODAT1.html [2002,June 20].

National Institute on Drug Abuse. (2002).NationalCriminal Justice Drug Abuse TreatmentServices Research System. RFA-DA-02-011.National Institutes on Health, Bethesda,MD. http://grants.nih.gov/grants/guide/rfa-files/RFA-DA-02-011,html [Accessed02/04/02].

National Institute on Justice. (2000). At-A-Glance:Recent Research Findings. Rockville, MD:

Osher, F. C., & Kofoed, L. L. (1989). Treatment ofpatients with psychiatric and psychoactivesubstance abuse disorders. Hospital andCommunity Psychiatry, 40(10), 1025-1030.

Osher, F., Steadman, H. J., & Barr, H. (2002). ABest Practice Approach to Community Re-entry from Jails for Inmates with Co-occur-ring Disorders: The APIC Model. Delmar,NY: The National GAINS Center.

Peters, R. H., & Hills, H. A. (1997). InterventionStrategies for Offenders with Co-OccurringDisorders: What Works? Delmar, NY:National GAINS Center.

Petry, N. M. (2000). A comprehensive guide tothe application of contingency manage-ment procedures in clinical settings. Drugand Alcohol Dependence, 58, 21-22.

Petry, N. M., Petrakis, I., Trevisan, L., Wiredu,G., Boutros, N. N., Martin, B., & Kosten, T.R. (2001). Contingency management inter-ventions: From research to practice.American Journal of Psychiatry, 158(5), 1-9.

Powell, T. A., Holt, J. C., & Fondacaro, K. M.(1997). The prevalence of mental illnessamong inmates in a rural state. Law andHuman Behavior, 21(4), 427-438.

Roberts, L. J., Shaner, A., & Eckman, T. A.(1999). Overcoming addictions: Skillstraining for people with schizophrenia. NewYork: W.W. Norton & Co.

Robins, L., Cottler, L., Bucholz, K., & Compton,W. (1995). Diagnostic Interview Schedule forDSM-IV (DIS-IV). Rockville, MD: NationalInstitute on Mental Health (NIMH).

Sacks, S., & Sacks, J. Y. (2003). Modified TC forMICA Inmates in Correctional Settings: AProgram Description. Corrections Today(in press).

Sacks, S., De Leon, G., Bernhardt, A. I., &Sacks. J. Y. (1998). Modified TherapeuticCommunity for Homeless Mentally IllChemical Abusers: Treatment Manual.New York: National Development &Research Institutes, Inc.

Sacks, S., Sacks, J. Y., McKendrick K., & Banks,S. (2003). Modified TC for MICAOffenders: Crime Outcomes. ManuscriptSubmitted for Publication.

Sacks, S., Sacks, J., De Leon, G., Bernhardt, A.I., & Staines, G. L. (1997). Modified thera-peutic community for mentally ill chemi-cal “abusers”: Background; influences;program description; preliminary find-

FEDERAL PROBATION Volume 67 Number 238

Page 41: a journal of correctional philosophy and practice · PUBLISHED BY The Administrative Office of the United States Court Leonidas Ralph Mecham,Director John M. Hughes,Assistant Director

September 2003 CO-OCCURRING SUBSTANCE USE AND MENTAL DISORDERS 39

ings. Substance Use and Misuse, 32(9),1217-1259.

Saxon, A. J., & Calsyn, D. A. (1995). Effects ofpsychiatric care for dual diagnosispatients treated in a drug dependenceclinic. American Journal of Drug andAlcohol Abuse, 21(3), 303-313.

Steadman, H. J., Deane, M. W., Morissey, J. P.,Westcott, M. L., Salasin, & Shapiro, S.(1999). A SAMHSA research initiativeassessing the effectiveness of jail diversionprograms for mentally ill persons.Psychiatric Services, 50(12), 1620-1623.

U. S. Department of Health & HumanServices. (1999). Mental Health: A Reportof the Surgeon General. U. S. Departmentof Health and Human Services (p.Chapter 2). Rockville, MD: U. S.Department of Health and HumanServices, Substance Abuse and Mental

Health Services Administration, Centerfor Mental Health Services, NationalInstitute of Mental Health.

Van Stelle, K. R., & Moberg, D. P. (2000).Outcome evaluation of the WisconsinResidential Substance Abuse TreatmentProgram: The Mental Illness - ChemicalAbuse (MICA) Program at OshkoshCorrectional Institution 1998 - 2000.Criminal Justice Abstracts.

Von Sternberg, K. (1997). Project Check-inSummary Report. Houston, TX: ChangeAssessment Research Project: Universityof Houston .

Weisner, C., Mertens, J., Parthasarathy, S.,Moore, C., & Lu, Y. (2001). Integratingprimary medical care with addictiontreatment. Journal of the AmericanMedical Association, 286(14), 1715-1721.

Wexler, H. K., Lowe, L., Melnick, G., & Peters,J. (1999). Three-year reincarcerationOutcomes for Amity In-Prison and after-care therapeutic community and aftercarein California. The Prison Journal, 79(3),321-336.

Zimberg, S. (1993). Introduction and generalconcepts of dual diagnosis. In J. Solomon,S. Zomberg, & E. Shollar (eds), DualDiagnosis: Evaluation, treatment, training,and program development (pp. 3-21). NewYork: Plenum Medical Book Co.

Page 42: a journal of correctional philosophy and practice · PUBLISHED BY The Administrative Office of the United States Court Leonidas Ralph Mecham,Director John M. Hughes,Assistant Director

THE “WAR ON DRUGS” that began in the1980s contributed to an unprecedented expansionin the U.S. inmate population. Prison and jailadmissions more than tripled in the ensuing years(Harrison & Karberg, 2003), with drug violationsaccounting for approximately 60 percent of theincrease in the federal inmate population and one-third of the increase in the state inmate population(Belenko & Peugh, 1998; Harrison & Beck, 2002).As of 2001, drug offenders comprised more thanhalf (57 percent) of federal prison inmates andover 20 percent of state prison inmates in thiscountry (Harrison & Beck, 2002).

Reliance on imprisonment has done little tostem the tide of crime and illicit drug use. Overtwo-thirds (68 percent) of offenders, includingdrug offenders, are arrested for a new crime with-in three years of their release from prison, nearlyone-half (47 percent) are convicted of a newcrime, and over one-half (52 percent) are re-incarcerated either for a new crime or for a tech-nical violation (Langan & Levin, 2002).Moreover, in some studies, approximately 85percent of drug-abusing offenders returned todrug use within one year of release from prisonand 95 percent returned to drug use within threeyears (e.g., Marlowe, 2002; Martin, Butzin, Saum,& Inciardi, 1999).

Prison over-crowding has led to court-imposed caps on inmate populations in severalstates and is producing spiraling costs related tothe expansion of correctional facilities. Partly as aresult of this, various initiatives have been

devised to provide community-based supervi-sion and treatment to drug offenders in lieu ofcriminal prosecution or incarceration. Theserange in intensity from true diversion programs,to standard and intensive probation programs, tojudicially supervised programs such as drugcourts. True diversion programs – sometimescalled “probation without verdict” – have tradi-tionally permitted low-level misdemeanor orsummary offenders to have their chargesdropped and their arrest record expunged con-tingent upon completion of a prescribed regi-men of supervised probation and drug treat-ment. Record expungement permits theindividual to respond, truthfully, on an employ-ment application or similar document that he orshe has not been arrested for a drug-relatedoffense. Pre-plea drug courts commonly includea diversionary component as well, in which grad-uates can have their charges dropped upon com-pletion of the program and can have their arrestrecord expunged after remaining arrest-free foran additional legally-prescribed waiting period.

A few states, including Arizona, California,the District of Columbia, and Hawaii, recentlyenacted laws expanding eligibility for a proba-tion-without-verdict model of diversion to allnonviolent drug-possession offenders who arenot currently charged with another felony orserious misdemeanor offense and who have notpreviously been convicted of or incarcerated forsuch an offense within a specified time period.These statutes generally provide drug-possession

offenders with multiple chances to succeed atdiversion. Pursuant to California’s Proposition36 (California Substance Abuse and CrimePrevention Act of 2000), for example, if anoffender violates a drug-related condition of pro-bation or commits a new drug-possessionoffense, the State can only revoke probation if itcan prove by a preponderance of the evidencethat the offender is a “danger to the safety of oth-ers.” For a second drug-related violation of pro-bation, the State must prove that the offender iseither a danger to the safety of others or is “un-amenable to drug treatment” to accomplish arevocation (e.g., In re Mehdizadeh, 2003).

Implicit in any initiative that provides drugtreatment in lieu of incarceration is that eligibleoffenders are reasonably likely to benefit fromavailable drug treatment interventions. In thecase of California’s Proposition 36, this constructof “amenability to treatment” is explicitly refer-enced in the criminal statute. In other contexts, itis simply a logical prerequisite for the initiative.There can be no rational justification for placingdrug offenders in treatment if they do not requiretreatment, do not want treatment, or are unableto make use of existing interventions.

On its face, amenability to treatment wouldseem to be a clinical issue to be determined bydrug treatment providers in the course of theirprofessional work with clients. Who better todecide whether a particular offender isamenable to treatment than a trained practi-tioner with expertise in assessing motivation

Amenability to Treatment of DrugOffenders

Douglas B. Marlowe, J.D., Ph.D.

Treatment Research Institute and University of Pennsylvania

Nicholas S. Patapis, Psy.D., M.A.C.J.

Treatment Research Institute and University of Pennsylvania

David S. DeMatteo, J.D., Ph.D.

Treatment Research Institute

FEDERAL PROBATION Volume 67 Number 240

Page 43: a journal of correctional philosophy and practice · PUBLISHED BY The Administrative Office of the United States Court Leonidas Ralph Mecham,Director John M. Hughes,Assistant Director

September 2003 TREATMENT AMENABILITY 41

and prognosis for change? Many terms, how-ever, do not retain their common-languagedefinition when they are incorporated into astatute or interpreted by the courts. Words maylose their colloquial meaning and take on atechnical legal definition that reflects a sumtotal of public-policy considerations. Policyconcerns set the maximum limits on whattypes of drug offenders can be consideredpotentially amenable to treatment and whattypes of drug treatment services should rea-sonably be available to these individuals.Within those policy-imposed constraints,however, there is room for clinical judgment inrendering amenability-to-treatment decisions.The drug abuse treatment literature providessome guidance in making these assessments;however, further research is needed to improveupon their accuracy and reliability. This articlereviews the legal and clinical factors thatshould be considered in making amenability-to-treatment determinations.

Criminal History

Amenability to treatment is inextricably linked inthe minds of policymakers with offenders’ crim-inal history. Virtually any program that providesdrug treatment in lieu of incarceration excludesoffenders with violent, serious, or recidivist crim-inal records. Proposition 36, for instance,excludes drug-possession offenders charged witha concurrent felony or serious misdemeanoroffense, as well as those previously convicted ofor incarcerated for such an offense within theprevious five years. Similarly, as a condition ofreceiving federal funding, drug courts cannottreat violent offenders, defined as those who havebeen charged with or convicted of an offenseinvolving the use of a weapon, death or seriousinjury to a victim, or force against another per-son (Violent Crime Control and LawEnforcement Act of 1994).

Courts invariably uphold these exclusionarycriteria on the ground that the legislature couldreasonably have concluded that serious or recidi-vist offenders are un-amenable to treatment as amatter of law. For instance, California appellatecourts have routinely upheld Proposition 36’sstringent requirement that eligible offenders befree of felony or serious misdemeanor charges forthe immediately preceding consecutive five yearson the ground that excluded offenders could rea-sonably be considered, as a matter of public pol-icy, to be un-amenable to treatment (People v.Lee, 2002; People v. Superior Court of SanBernardino County, 2002; People v. Superior Courtof Santa Clara County, 2002). California courts

have upheld on similar grounds the exclusion ofoffenders with concurrent misdemeanorcharges, even if the disqualifying charges wereclosely related to the principal charge of drugpossession or drug intoxication—for example,driving under the influence (People v. Campbell,2003) or cultivating marijuana for personal use(People v. Phelps, 2003). Because criminal offend-ers have no implicit right to be diverted fromincarceration, the public and policymakers arefree to draw bright-line rules based upon an intu-itive sense of what they perceive as fair and in thebest interests of public safety (e.g., People v.Superior Court of Napa County, 2002).

The Supreme Court of the United Statesweighed in several decades ago in favor of suchhard-line exclusions. The Narcotic AddictRehabilitation Act (NARA, 1966)—which hassince been repealed—once provided for civilcommitment to drug treatment in lieu of incar-ceration for nonviolent drug-addicted individu-als convicted of certain federal offenses, providedthey were “likely to be rehabilitated throughtreatment” and had fewer than two prior felonyconvictions. The Supreme Court upheld theexclusion of offenders with two or more priorconvictions on the ground that Congress couldrationally have concluded that such personswould be less amenable to rehabilitation(Marshall v. United States, 1974). According tothe Supreme Court, excluding recidivist offend-ers was justified because such individuals mightexpose the program to exploitation, might pres-ent unacceptable risks to society, or might hinderthe successful treatment of others.

A number of commentators have criticizedtreatment-amenability determinations as beingmere pretexts for withholding treatment frommore culpable offenders (Frase, 1991; Melton,Petrila, Poythress, & Slobogin, 1997; Slobogin,1999). According to this argument, the real ques-tion is not which offenders are amenable to treat-ment, but rather which offenders the public andpolicymakers are amenable to giving a secondchance at redemption.As the previous cases illus-trate, policy issues do set outer bounds on whichoffenders may be considered amenable to treat-ment. And it is true that such across-the-boardexclusionary criteria run the risk of being bothover-inclusive and under-inclusive. Individualswhose criminal histories were fueled largely bydrug use, and who are motivated for treatment,may be denied access to programs because theycommitted exclusionary offenses. On the otherhand, unmotivated offenders may be diverted totreatment based upon the nature of theircharges, regardless of their actual prognosis forchange. Given that prosecutors’ charging prac-tices are often influenced by factors having little

to do with a defendant’s actual degree of culpa-bility (e.g., the strength of the evidence, or theeffectiveness of defense counsel), offenders maybe excluded from diversion programs basedupon factors that are wholly unrelated toclinical outcomes.

It is overstated, however, to characterizeamenability-to-treatment determinations as pre-textual. The fact is that past behavior is the bestpredictor of future conduct (e.g., Melton et al.,1997; Monahan et al., 2001). Past criminal histo-ry is among the best and most robust predictorsof future prognosis in correctional programsgenerally (e.g., Cottle, Lee, & Heilbrun, 2001;Gendreau, Little, & Goggin, 1996; Morgan, 1993;Roundtree, Edwards, & Parker, 1984) and amongdrug-involved offenders in particular (e.g.,Hepburn & Albonetti, 1994). For the most part,psychometric risk-assessment instruments perform little better in predicting criminal recidivism than actuarial projections based predominantly on offenders’ past antisocialbehavior (e.g., Bonta, 2002). It is defensible,therefore, to consider past criminal conduct indetermining whether an offender is likely to beamenable to future rehabilitative efforts.

The problem is that criminal history is aninexact variable. Studies have typically relied onglobal or summative indexes of criminal historyin rendering predictions of recidivism, such asoffenders’ number of prior arrests, age at firstarrest, or age of onset of criminal activity regard-less of detection. This does not permit predictionsof which specific types of offenses bode the bestfor drug treatment outcomes. Although it is clearthat violent offenders have the poorest prognosisin rehabilitation (Monahan et al., 2001), the evi-dence is scant in terms of comparing outcomesfor drug-abusing individuals charged with drug-possession offenses to, for example, those chargedwith property offenses, drug-dealing offenses, orvehicular offenses. Data do suggest that the prog-nosis for future recidivism and for involvement inpredatory offenses may be worse if drug abuseand crime emerged together in the offender’s his-tory, as opposed to instances in which criminalactivity ensued from the need to obtain moneyfor drugs or from the resulting dysfunction ofchronic drug use (Farabee, Joshi, & Anglin, 2001).These data do not, however, address offenders’amenability to drug treatment, and they do notfocus on specific types of offense categories. Untilresearch uncovers specific criminal-history riskfactors for failure in rehabilitation programs,policymakers will continue to rely on their intuitions and on the preferences of their con-stituencies in selecting exclusionary offenses forcriminal-diversion programs.

Page 44: a journal of correctional philosophy and practice · PUBLISHED BY The Administrative Office of the United States Court Leonidas Ralph Mecham,Director John M. Hughes,Assistant Director

Previous Failures in Treatment

It is popular among drug-treatment providersand drug abuse researchers to characterize addic-tion as being a “chronic relapsing condition.” Infact, drug dependence does share many similarcharacteristics with chronic medical illnesses suchas diabetes and hypertension in terms of its genet-ic heritability, treatment non-compliance rates,and relapse rates (McLellan, Lewis, O’Brien, &Kleber, 2000). A corollary of this position is thatmultiple treatment episodes are not only accept-able for drug abusers, but expected. Following achronic-care model, each successive treatmentepisode is believed to build upon previous effortsin contributing to and maintaining longer-termsuccessful outcomes. This argument has the con-venient advantage of making drug treatmentimpenetrable to criticism. Treatment can never besaid to fail; rather, it simply lays the groundworkfor future gains that will ultimately be detected.

Correctional authorities and policymakersare, not surprisingly, impatient with this point ofview. They are charged with diverting offendersfrom a criminal career path immediately, andcannot await hypothetical gains that might ormight not emerge at some contingent futuredate. Courts, in particular, have generally notbought the chronic-care argument with regard todrug offenders. If the past is, indeed, prologue tothe future, then several courts have reasoned thatpast negative reactions to treatment are apt toforeshadow future treatment failures (e.g.,Gronquist v. Walter, 2001). As one court asserted:“It is difficult to conceive of more reliable objec-tive evidence of lack of amenability to treatmentand future dangerousness than the fact that,despite being in treatment, the defendant contin-ues to engage in the very criminal behavior forwhich he or she is being treated” (State v.McNallie, 1994, p. 298).

The research evidence is contradictory aboutwhether multiple treatment episodes do, in fact,contribute to longer-term improvements, orwhether the lion’s share of improvement shouldbe expected to occur early in a client’s contactwith treatment. Some data indicate that multiplepast treatment episodes are associated with betteroutcomes during an index treatment episode interms of longer lengths of stay in treatment andless post-treatment drug use (Hser, Grella, Chou,& Anglin, 1998; Maddux, Prihoda, & Desmond,1994; Simpson & Joe, 1993). However, otherstudies—some conducted by the same investiga-tors—have reported better outcomes for treat-ment-naïve clients and poorer outcomes forthose with extensive treatment histories (Brewer,Catalano, Haggerty, Gainey, & Fleming, 1998;Hser, Grella, Hsieh, Anglin, & Brown, 1999; Hser,

Joshi, Anglin, & Fletcher, 1999; Simpson, Savage,& Joe, 1980). Notably, two studies examining vir-tually the same data-set came to contradictoryconclusions about whether multiple methadonemaintenance treatment episodes were associatedwith reduced criminal recidivism (Merrill,Alterman, Cacciola, & Rutherford, 1999) or withno change in recidivism (Rothbard et al., 1999).

These inconsistencies are not unexpectedbecause virtually all of the studies used single-group, pre/post research designs that analyzedcorrelates of symptom improvement amongsubjects. Because many of the studies involved noexperimental control and had no suitable com-parison conditions, they do not permit scientifi-cally defensible causative inferences to be drawnabout the effects of drug treatment services(National Academy of Sciences, 2001). Anotherproblem with the aforementioned research isthat it cannot effectively control for the “grayingout phenomenon” that commonly occursamong drug abusers and offenders (Blumstein &Cohen, 1987; Moffitt, 1993). Drug use and crimetend to wane naturally as offenders get older.Without an appropriate control condition,improvements resulting from age-effects may befalsely attributed to treatment, because olderindividuals are more likely to have had multipletreatment episodes by virtue of having had moreopportunities for treatment over time.

A recent program of experimentally con-trolled research lent scientific support to thehypothesis that past treatment failures may be anegative risk factor for future outcomes amongdrug offenders. More importantly, the results ofthat research provide guidance about how topotentially manage such offenders more effec-tively and counteract the negative influences ofprior treatment failures. In the first study, misde-meanor drug court clients were randomlyassigned either to an intensive level of judicialsupervision involving bi-weekly status hearingsin drug court, or to a low level of supervision inwhich they were monitored by treatment per-sonnel and only had status hearings as needed inresponse to serious infractions. The resultsrevealed that participants who had prior failedexperiences in drug abuse treatment providedsignificantly more drug-positive urine samplesand were significantly more likely to be terminat-ed from the drug court program when they wereassigned to as-needed hearings; however, suchclients performed equivalently or better thanmost other clients when they were required toattend bi-weekly court hearings (Festinger et al.,2002). This same interaction effect was replicatedin two new jurisdictions in rural and urban com-munities (Marlowe, Festinger, & Lee, 2003;Marlowe, Festinger, & Lee, in press). These results

do suggest that prior treatment failures may be anegative risk factor for the treatment of drugoffenders, but more importantly, they point topromising approaches for managing or negatingthis risk. Rather than excluding offenders with aprior treatment history from diversionary pro-grams, it might be preferable to assign them to amore intensive and closely supervised programsuch as drug court.

Performance During Treatment

As discussed previously, Proposition 36 providesdrug-possession offenders with multiple opportuni-ties to succeed on probation. It essentially erects anirrebuttable presumption that eligible drug offend-ers are amenable to treatment until they fail threetimes,at which point they are irrebuttably presumedto be un-amenable to treatment.As characterized byone California appellate court,under Proposition 36“[a] first time offender is conclusively presumed tobe amenable to treatment. A second time offenderalso is presumed to be amenable to treatment, butthat presumption may be rebutted. A third timeoffender is conclusively presumed to be unamenableto treatment and ineligible for probation” (People v.Williams, 2003, p. 702).

It is a simple case to conclude that anoffender is un-amenable to treatment if he orshe repetitively engages in serious rule viola-tions during treatment, inhibits the participa-tion of other clients, or continually fails toshow up for sessions (e.g., In re Dasinger,2002). It is a more difficult matter to interpreta compliant offender’s non-responsiveness tothe interventions. As reviewed in the previoussection on past treatment failures, the researchevidence is ambiguous, at best, about whethernon-responsiveness to treatment portendsfuture non-responsiveness. The data suggestthat changing an offender’s treatment plan—by, for example, increasing the schedule ofcourt hearings—could counteract the effectsof past treatment failures. Proposition 36 andother programs for drug offenders do providesubstantial discretion to judges and othercriminal justice professionals to increase oralter an offender’s treatment requirements inresponse to poor performance in treatment. Inprinciple, then, offenders under Proposition36 should only be determined to be un-amenable to drug treatment after failing torespond to three different treatment regimens.

In reality, however, there is insufficient vari-ability in the types of drug treatment servicesthat are available in this country to permit ameaningful adjustment of many offenders’treatment plans. Approximately 75 percent to

FEDERAL PROBATION Volume 67 Number 242

Page 45: a journal of correctional philosophy and practice · PUBLISHED BY The Administrative Office of the United States Court Leonidas Ralph Mecham,Director John M. Hughes,Assistant Director

September 2003 TREATMENT AMENABILITY 43

80 percent of drug treatment programs areoutpatient, abstinence-oriented, 12-Step-based programs that deliver services in a groupas opposed to individual format (Mulvey, inpress; SAMHSA, 2001). In practice, therefore,offenders are typically sent back repeatedly forthe same—or more of the same—services thatdid not work for them before. Waiting for thesame treatment regimen to fail three times andthen declaring the offender un-amenable totreatment does not comport with logic. If 12-Step groups do not work for an opiate-addict-ed individual, for example, it is quite conceiv-able that the same individual could beamenable to methadone maintenance.

Treatment-amenability determinations donot ordinarily consider what services should beavailable to offenders in an ideal world. The issueis not what services are hypothetically available,but rather what services are immediately and real-istically available to this offender at a reasonablecost (e.g., United States v. Atkins, 1997). Again,policy considerations set the outer limits onamenability assessments. Clinical issues are rele-vant, but not dispositive, and are trumped bypractical and economic exigencies. As a result, themajority of drug offenders may not be amenableto drug treatment as it is currently conceptualizedand delivered. In essence, programs such as drugcourts and Proposition 36 give eligible offenders afew chances to respond to a narrow class of read-ily available services. If they do not respond tothose services, they are processed through othercriminal justice channels.

Characteristics of the Offender

Certain demographic characteristics have beenassociated with poorer outcomes in offenderrehabilitation programs. These include beingyounger, male, poor, less intelligent, less educat-ed, having first-degree relatives with drug abuseproblems or criminal histories, and being amember of certain racial sub-groups (althoughthe direction of race-effects has been inconsistentacross studies) (e.g., Andrews & Bonta, 1998;Gendreau et al., 1996). Not surprisingly, statutesand court opinions steer clear of these demo-graphic variables when considering the relevantrisk factors for determining amenability to treat-ment. It would almost certainly run afoul of dueprocess and equal protection requirements toexclude individuals from correctional rehabilita-tion programs based upon their immutabledemographic characteristics.

Oddly enough, it is unclear in many instanceswhether offenders must have a serious or diag-nosable substance use disorder in order to be eli-

gible for various diversionary initiatives. Forexample, the introduction to Proposition 36declares California’s intent to provide treatmentin lieu of incarceration to “drug-dependent”criminal offenders; however, the substantive pro-visions of the statute apply to individuals chargedwith drug-possession offenses, and do not indi-cate whether those individuals must also have ademonstrable drug-use problem. Similarly, drugcourts are intended to treat offenders “with sub-stance abuse problems” (Violent Crime Controland Law Enforcement Act of 1994, § 2201(1));however, no guidance is provided to indicate howsevere the “problem” must be.

Notably, in some studies, nearly one-half ofmisdemeanor drug court clients (Marlowe,Festinger, Lee, et al., 2003; Marlowe, Festinger, &Lee, 2003), one-third of felony drug court clients(Marlowe et al., in press), and two-thirds of drug-involved felony pre-trial defendants (Lee et al.,2001) produced “sub-threshold” drug abusecomposite scores on the Addiction Severity Index(ASI), similar to a community sample of non-substance abusers. This raises the questionwhether some individuals who are just beginningto experiment with drugs, or who may be non-drug-using dealers, are perhaps being divertedinto these programs unnecessarily.

From a prevention perspective, one couldargue that it is appropriate to place drug-experi-menters into these types of programs as a meansof staving off a serious drug problem before itdevelops. The programs typically involve regularurinalysis monitoring of drug use, consistentsanctions for positive test results, and psycho-education on the negative effects of drugs. Thiscould have the beneficial effect of stopping adeveloping drug-use habit in its tracks.

A more serious concern is that non-addicteddrug dealers could be placed in these programs byvirtue of the fact that they were only charged withor convicted of a drug-possession offense, andthey may feign a drug-use problem in order toavoid a more serious criminal disposition. It isdifficult to detect such instances of faking on self-report instruments like the ASI because the itemsare self-evident in their focus. The questions askdirectly about instances of drug use and can bemanipulated convincingly. Some assessmentinstruments have been developed to detect subtlesigns of addiction using questions that are notobvious in their intent. However, those instru-ments were designed to detect drug-use problemsamong individuals who are in “denial” or areunder-reporting their drug use. They were notdesigned to detect over-reporting of drug use.

For these reasons, some programs rely onadmission urine drug-screens to ensure thatsubjects have a drug-use problem. Individuals

who test negative for drugs over the first fewweeks of the program may subsequently bedeemed ineligible. This could have the unin-tended consequence of inducing subjects to usedrugs when they first enter the program inorder to avoid being excluded and assigned to amore severe criminal disposition. Anecdotally,some drug court participants in the authors’studies have reported in confidential researchinterviews that they took drugs prior to intaketo ensure they would be accepted into the pro-gram. Unfortunately, there are no easy solu-tions to these problems and practitioners mustrely on their clinical judgment and experienceto detect individuals who were possibly divert-ed into treatment inappropriately.

A related concern is whether offenders needbe desirous of treatment or motivated to stopusing drugs in order to benefit from drug treat-ment. Evidence does suggest that intrinsic moti-vation for change predicts post-treatmentimprovements (e.g., Prochaska, DiClemente, &Norcross, 1992). However, evidence also suggeststhat subjects who are legally coerced into treat-ment perform as well or better than those whoostensibly enter treatment voluntarily (e.g.,Farabee, Prendergast, & Anglin, 1998; Marlowe etal., 2001). It appears that length of tenure in treat-ment is most predictive of outcomes, regardlessof whether that tenure is influenced by internalmotivation, external legal pressures, or somecombination of the two.

This suggests that motivation for change maybe a welcome positive prognostic indicator atbaseline, but perhaps need not be a prerequisitefor entry into a diversionary program. This is for-tunate, because it is difficult to reliably and validlymeasure intrinsic motivation for change. Similarto measures of drug-use severity, instrumentsthat measure motivation for change can be easilyfaked because the items are transparent in con-tent. The most commonly used instruments, forexample, inquire whether the subject believes heor she has a problem worth changing, and call fora yes/no or true/false response. Offenders whowish to enter a diversionary program can easilygather which is the “correct” answer. Thus, ratherthan focusing on internal motivational states thatcannot be observed or validated, it appears morejustifiable to improve the programmatic ele-ments of various initiatives to ensure that sub-jects’ behaviors are reliably monitored andresponded to.

On a final note, many research studies havereported that certain personality disorders areassociated with poorer drug treatment response.In particular, a diagnosis of Antisocial PersonalityDisorder (APD)—characterized by chronic andpersistent antisocial behavior, irresponsibility,

Page 46: a journal of correctional philosophy and practice · PUBLISHED BY The Administrative Office of the United States Court Leonidas Ralph Mecham,Director John M. Hughes,Assistant Director

and selfishness (American PsychiatricAssociation, 1994)—is associated with lowerretention rates in substance abuse treatment(Goldstein et al., 1999; Leal, Ziedonis, & Kosten,1994; Marlowe,Kirby,Festinger,Husband,& Platt,1997), higher rates of program non-completion(Alterman, Rutherford, Cacciola, McKay, &Boardman, 1998), and shorter time to first relapsefollowing graduation from treatment (Goldsteinet al., 2001). A few studies, however, have reportedthat substance abusers with APD generally per-formed equivalently to other clients (e.g., Brooner,Kidorf, King, & Steller, 1998; Cacciola, Alterman,Rutherford, & Snider, 1995; Longabaugh et al.,1994; McKay, Alterman, Cacciola, Mulvaney, &O,Brien, 2000; Messina, Wish, & Nemes, 1999).The discrepancies across studies may be attributa-ble to at least two factors. First, subjects with APDmay respond poorly to typical drug treatmentprograms, but may respond well to highly struc-tured and closely monitored interventions.Second, there may be excessive heterogeneitywithin the diagnosis of APD, such that only themore seriously antisocial individuals may performpoorly in drug treatment.

As was described previously, studies in drugcourts found an interaction effect between theschedule of court hearings and subjects’ prior his-tory of drug treatment failures. In those same stud-ies, a comparable interaction effect was also foundfor APD. Specifically, misdemeanor and felonydrug court clients with APD provided significantlymore drug-positive urine samples, reported signif-icantly more days of alcohol intoxication, and weresignificantly more likely to be terminated from thedrug court program when they were assigned toas-needed court hearings; however, subjects withAPD generally performed equivalently to otherclients when they were scheduled to attend bi-weekly court hearings (Festinger et al., 2002;Marlowe et al., in press). This lends support to thehypothesis that outcomes for APD clients may beimproved by providing them with more intensivestructure and monitoring.

It is possible that drug offenders with a moresevere subtype of APD may be at greatest risk forfailure in rehabilitation programs. Psychopathy isa subtype of APD that is characterized by severenarcissism and emotional detachment in addi-tion to chronic antisocial behavior. Psychopathyhas consistently emerged in research studies asone of the strongest predictors of violence andother criminal activity in offender and forensic-psychiatric populations (Harris, Rice, & Cormier,1991; Hart, Kropp, & Hare, 1988; Hemphill,Hare, & Wong, 1998; Serin, 1996; Serin & Amos,1995). Among prison inmates, psychopaths areapproximately three times more likely to recidi-vate than non-psychopaths (Hemphill et al.,

1998). In one study of over 1000 recently releasedcivilly committed psychiatric patients, psychopa-thy emerged as the strongest predictor of vio-lence out of 134 risk factors that were studied(Monahan et al., 2001). Few studies have specifi-cally addressed outcomes for psychopaths indrug treatment and further research is needed todetermine whether these individuals may be leastamenable to drug treatment services.

Unfortunately, research on APD and psy-chopathy may be of greater theoretical value thanpractical value because of the high assessmentburden. The most commonly used and better-validated instruments for APD and psychopa-thy require professional interviewing skills, clini-cal judgment, and access to fairly extensivebackground records and historical data to ren-der an accurate diagnosis. It is questionablewhether typical offender rehabilitation programshave sufficient resources and expertise to com-plete these assessments. Without such resources,it may be necessary to rely on more easily collect-ed data elements such as offenders’ past treatmenthistory, past criminal history, and currentresponse to treatment in making treatment-amenability determinations.

Conclusion

In many respects, the construct of amenability totreatment reflects a tentative conclusion ratherthan a prediction. The fact is that relatively littleis known about what types of drug offenders areapt to succeed in rehabilitative programs. In theabsence of such evidence, reasonable approxima-tions or extrapolations must be made from exist-ing data and from commonsensical notionsabout the harbingers of success. Consistent withthe belief that the past is prologue to the future, itis generally presumed that prior criminal history,prior treatment history, and current perform-ance in treatment are among the most robustpredictors of future treatment response. As such,offenders are conclusively deemed to be un-amenable to treatment if they committed seriousor violent prior offenses, failed in previous reha-bilitative programs, or recidivated during thecurrent treatment episode. At this stage in ourknowledge, these are not unreasonable assump-tions and there are some data to support them;however, in the future, it is hoped that social sci-ence research will contribute more sensitive androbust predictors of treatment response.

References

Alterman,A.I.,Rutherford,M.J.,Cacciola,J.S.,McKay,J. R., & Boardman, C. R. (1998). Prediction of 7months methadone maintenance treatmentresponse by four measures of antisociality. Drugand Alcohol Dependence,49,217-223.

American Psychiatric Association. (1994).Diagnostic and statistical manual of mentaldisorders (4th ed.). Washington, DC:American Psychiatric Press.

Andrews, D. A., & Bonta, J. (1998). The psycholo-gy of criminal conduct (2nd ed.). Cincinnati,OH: Anderson.

Belenko, S., & Peugh, J. (1998). Behind bars:Substance abuse and America’s prison popu-lation. New York: National Center onAddiction and Substance Abuse atColumbia University.

Blumstein, A., & Cohen, J. (1987). Characterizingcriminal careers. Science, 237, 985-991.

Bonta, J. (2002). Offender risk assessment:Guidelines for selection and use. CriminalJustice and Behavior, 29, 355-379.

Brewer, D. D., Catalano, R. F., Haggerty, K.,Gainey, R. R., & Fleming, C. B. (1998). Ameta-analysis of predictors of continueddrug use during and after treatment for opi-ate addiction. Addiction, 93, 73-92.

Brooner, R. K., Kidorf, M., King, V., & Steller, K.(1998). Preliminary evidence of good treat-ment response in antisocial drug abusers.Drug and Alcohol Dependence, 49, 249-260.

Cacciola, J. S., Alterman, A. I., Rutherford, M. J.,& Snider, E. C. (1995). Treatment responseand problem severity of antisocial person-ality substance abusers. Journal of Nervousand Mental Disease, 183, 166-171.

California Substance Abuse and Crime PreventionAct of 2000, Cal. Penal Code §§ 1210 et seq.(Deering 2003).

Cottle, C. C., Lee, R. J., & Heilbrun, K. (2001).The prediction of criminal recidivism injuveniles: A meta-analysis. Criminal Justiceand Behavior, 28, 367-394.

Farabee, D., Joshi, V., & Anglin, M. D. (2001).Addiction careers and criminal specializa-tion. Crime and Delinquency, 47, 196-220.

FEDERAL PROBATION Volume 67 Number 244

Page 47: a journal of correctional philosophy and practice · PUBLISHED BY The Administrative Office of the United States Court Leonidas Ralph Mecham,Director John M. Hughes,Assistant Director

September 2003 TREATMENT AMENABILITY 45

Farabee, D., Prendergast, M., & Anglin, M. D.(1998). The effectiveness of coerced treat-ment for drug-abusing offenders. FederalProbation, 62, 3-10.

Festinger, D. S., Marlowe, D. B., Lee, P. A., Kirby,K. C., Bovasso, G., & McLellan, A. T. (2002).Status hearings in drug court: When more isless and less is more. Drug and AlcoholDependence, 68, 151-157.

Frase, R. S. (1991). Defendant amenability totreatment or probation as a basis for depar-ture under the Minnesota and Federal sen-tencing guidelines. Federal SentencingReporter, (May/June), 328-333.

Gendreau, P., Little, T., & Goggin, C. (1996). A meta-analysis of the predictors of adult offender recidi-vism:What works! Criminology, 34,575-596.

Goldstein, R. B., Bigelow, C., McCusker, J., Lewis,B. F., Mundt, K. A., & Powers, S. I. (2001).Antisocial behavioral syndromes and returnto drug use following residential relapse pre-vention/health education treatment.American Journal of Drug and Alcohol Abuse,27, 453-482.

Goldstein, R. B., Powers, S. I., McCusker, J., Lewis,B. F., Bigelow, C., & Mundt, K. A. (1999).Antisocial behavioral syndromes amongresidential drug abuse treatment clients.Drug and Alcohol Dependence, 53, 171-187.

Gronquist v. Walter, 2001 U.S. App. LEXIS 18667(9th Cir. 2001).

Harris, G. T., Rice, M. E., & Cormier, C.A. (1991).Psychopathy and violent recidivism. Lawand Human Behavior, 15, 625-637.

Harrison, P. M., & Beck, A. J. (2002). Prisoners in2001 [No. NCJ-195189]. Washington, DC:Bureau of Justice Statistics,U.S.Dept.of Justice.

Harrison, P. M., & Karberg, J. C. (2003). Prisonand jail inmates at midyear 2002 [No. NCJ-198877]. Washington, DC: Bureau of JusticeStatistics, U.S. Dept. of Justice.

Hart, S. D., Kropp, P. R., & Hare, R. D. (1988).Performance of male psychopaths followingconditional release from prison. Journal ofConsulting and Clinical Psychology,56,227-232.

Hemphill, J. R., Hare, R. D., & Wong, S. (1998).Psychopathy and recidivism: A review. Legaland Criminological Psychology, 3, 139-170.

Hepburn, J. R., & Albonetti, C. A. (1994).Recidivism among drug offenders: A sur-vival analysis of the effects of offender char-acteristics, type of offense, and two types ofintervention. Journal of QuantitativeCriminology, 10, 159-179.

Hser,Y. I., Grella, C. E., Chou, C. P., & Anglin, M. D.(1998). Relationships between drug treatmentcareers and outcomes: Findings from theNational Drug Abuse Treatment OutcomeStudy. Evaluation Review, 22, 496-519.

Hser, Y. I., Grella, C. E., Hsieh, S. C., Anglin, M.D., & Brown, B. S. (1999). Prior treatmentexperience related to process and outcomesin DATOS. Drug and Alcohol Dependence, 5,137-150.

Hser, Y. I., Joshi, V., Anglin, M. D., & Fletcher, B.(1999). Predicting post-treatment cocaineabstinence for first-time admissions andtreatment repeaters. American Journal ofPublic Health, 89, 666-671.

In re Dasinger, 2002 Cal. App. LEXIS 6713 (2002).

In re Mehdizadeh, 105 Cal. App. 4th 995 (2003).

Langan, P. A., & Levin, D. J. (2002). Recidivism ofprisoners released in 1994 [No. NCJ-193427]. Washington, DC: Bureau of JusticeStatistics, U.S. Dept. of Justice.

Leal, J., Ziedonis, D., & Kosten, T. (1994).Antisocial personality disorder as a prog-nostic factor for pharmacotherapy ofcocaine dependence. Drug and AlcoholDependence, 35, 31-35.

Lee, P.A., Marlowe, D. B., Festinger, D. S., Cacciola,J. S., McNellis, J., Schepise, M. M., Merrill, J.C., Harrell, A. V., & McLellan, A. T. (2001).Did “Breaking the Cycle” (BTC) clientsreceive appropriate services? [abstract]. Drugand Alcohol Dependence, 63 (Supp. 1), S89.Presentation at the 63rd Annual ScientificMeeting, College on Problems of DrugDependence, Scottsdale, AZ.

Longabaugh, R., Rubin, A., Malloy, P., Beattie,M., Clifford, P. R., & Noel, N. (1994).Drinking outcomes of alcohol abusersdiagnosed as antisocial personality disor-der. Alcoholism: Clinical and ExperimentalResearch, 18, 778-785.

Maddux, J.F.,Prihoda,T. J.,& Desmond,D.P.(1994).Treatment fees and retention on methadonemaintenance.Journal of Drug Issues,24,429-443.

Marlowe, D. B. (2002). Effective strategies forintervening with drug abusing offenders.Villanova Law Review, 47, 989-1025.

Marlowe, D. B., Festinger, D. S., & Lee, P. A.(2003). The role of judicial status hearingsin drug court. Offender Substance AbuseReport, 3, 33-46.

Marlowe, D. B., Festinger, D. S., & Lee, P. A. (inpress). The judge is a key component of drugcourt. National Drug Court Institute Review.

Marlowe, D. B., Festinger, D. S., Lee, P. A.,Schepise, M. M., Hazzard, J. E. R., Merrill,J. C., Mulvaney, F. D., & McLellan, A. T.(2003). Are judicial status hearings a “keycomponent” of drug court? During-treat-ment data from a randomized trial.Criminal Justice and Behavior, 30, 141-162.

Marlowe, D. B., Glass, D. J., Merikle, E. P.,Festinger, D. S., DeMatteo, D. S., Marczyk, G.R., & Platt, J. J. (2001). Efficacy of coercionin substance abuse treatment. In F. M. Tims,C. G. Leukefeld, & J. J. Platt (Eds.), Relapseand recovery in addictions (pp. 208-227).New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.

Marlowe, D. B., Kirby, K. C., Festinger, D. S.,Husband, S. D., & Platt, J. J. (1997). Impactof comorbid personality disorders and per-sonality disorder symptoms on outcomes ofbehavioral treatment for cocaine depend-ence. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease,185, 483-490.

Marshall v. United States, 414 U.S. 417 (1974).

Martin, S. S., Butzin, C. A., Saum, S. A., &Inciardi, J. A. (1999). Three-year outcomesof therapeutic community treatment fordrug-involved offenders in Delaware. PrisonJournal, 79, 294-320.

McKay, J. R., Alterman, A. I., Cacciola, J. S.,Mulvaney, F. D., & O’Brien, C. P. (2000).Prognostic significance of antisocial per-sonality disorder in cocaine-dependentpatients entering continuing care. Journal ofNervous and Mental Disease, 188, 287-296.

McLellan, A. T., Lewis, D. C., O’Brien, C. P., &Kleber, H. D. (2000). Drug dependence, achronic medical illness: Implications fortreatment, insurance, and outcomes evalua-tion. JAMA, 284, 1689-1695.

Page 48: a journal of correctional philosophy and practice · PUBLISHED BY The Administrative Office of the United States Court Leonidas Ralph Mecham,Director John M. Hughes,Assistant Director

Melton, G., Petrila, J., Poythress, N., & Slobogin,C. (1997). Psychological evaluations for thecourts: A handbook for mental health profes-sionals and lawyers (2nd ed.). New York:Guilford.

Merrill, J., Alterman, A., Cacciola, J., &Rutherford, M. (1999). Prior treatment his-tory and its impact on criminal recidivism.Journal of Substance Abuse Treatment, 17,313-319.

Messina, N. P., Wish, E. D., & Nemes, A. (1999).Therapeutic community treatment for sub-stance abusers with antisocial personalitydisorder. Journal of Substance AbuseTreatment, 17, 121-128.

Moffitt, T. E. (1993). Adolescence-limited andlife-course-persistent antisocial behavior: Adevelopmental taxonomy. PsychologicalReview, 100, 674-701.

Monahan, J., Steadman, H. J., Silver, E.,Appelbaum, P. S., Robbins, P. C., Mulvey, E.P., Roth, L. H., Grisso, T., & Banks, S. (2001).Rethinking risk assessment: The MacArthurstudy of mental disorder and violence. NewYork: Oxford University Press.

Morgan, K. D. (1993). Factors influencing proba-tion outcome: A review of the literature.Federal Probation, 57, 23-29.

Mulvey, K. (in press). Substance abuse counselorcharacteristics. Journal of Substance AbuseTreatment.

Narcotic Addict Rehabilitation Act of 1966, Pub.L. No. 89-793, 80 Stat. 1438, 18 USC §§4251-4255 (repealed 1984).

National Academy of Sciences. (2001). InformingAmerica’s policy on illegal drugs: What wedon’t know keeps hurting us. Washington,DC: National Academy Press.

People v. Campbell, 106 Cal. App. 4th 808 (2003).

People v. Lee, 2002 Cal. App. Unpub. LEXIS 6828(2002).

People v. Phelps, 2003 Cal. App. Unpub. LEXIS2480 (2003).

People v. Superior Court of Napa County, 98 Cal.App. 4th 78 (2002).

People v. Superior Court of San BernardinoCounty, 97 Cal. App. 4th 530 (2002).

People v. Superior Court of Santa Clara County,104 Cal. App. 4th 692 (2002).

People v. Williams, 106 Cal. App. 4th 694 (2003)

Prochaska, J. O., DiClemente, C. C., & Norcross,J. C. (1992). In search of how people change:Applications to addictive behaviors.American Psychologist, 47, 1102-1114.

Roundtree, G., Edwards, D., & Parker, J. (1984). Astudy of personal characteristics related torecidivism. Journal of Offender CounselingServices and Rehabilitation, 8, 53-61.

Rothbard, A., Alterman, A., Rutherford, M., Liu,F., Zelinski, S., & McKay, J. (1999). Revisitingthe effectiveness of methadone treatmenton crime reductions in the 1990s. Journal ofSubstance Abuse Treatment, 16, 329-335.

Serin, R. C. (1996).Violent recidivism in criminalpsychopaths. Law and Human Behavior, 20,207-217.

Serin, R., & Amos, N. (1995). The role of psy-chopathy in the assessment of dangerous-ness. International Journal of Law andPsychiatry, 18, 231-238.

Simpson, D. D., & Joe, G. W. (1993). Motivationas a predictor of early dropout from drugabuse treatment. Psychotherapy: Theory,Research, Practice, Training, 30, 357-368.

Simpson, D. D., Savage, L. J., & Joe, G. W. (1980).Treatment histories of clients treated fordrug abuse. American Journal of Drug andAlcohol Abuse, 7, 127-140.

Slobogin, C. (1999). Treating kids right:Deconstructing and reconstructing theamenability to treatment concept. Journal ofContemporary Legal Issues, 10, 299-333.

State v. McNallie, 870 P.2d 295 (Wash. 1994).

Substance Abuse and Mental Health ServicesAdministration (SAMHSA). (2001).National Survey of Substance AbuseTreatment Services (N-SSATS). Rockville,MD: Author.

United States v. Atkins, 116 F.3d 1566 (D.C.Cir. 1997).

Violent Crime Control and Law EnforcementAct of 1994, Pub. L. No. 103-322, 108 Stat.1796, 42 USC §§ 13701 et seq. (2003).

FEDERAL PROBATION Volume 67 Number 246

Page 49: a journal of correctional philosophy and practice · PUBLISHED BY The Administrative Office of the United States Court Leonidas Ralph Mecham,Director John M. Hughes,Assistant Director

IN RESPONSE TO the increasing numbersof offenders incarcerated for drug-related offens-es, the last two decades have witnessed a signifi-cant expansion in prison-based substance abusetreatment. Although a variety of approaches totreating substance-abusing inmates have beendeveloped, the most common treatment modal-ity used in prisons is the therapeutic community(TC). It is also the modality that has received themost attention from researchers in recent years.

Evaluations of prison-based TC programsconducted in several states and within the federalprison system have provided empirical supportfor the continued development of these programsthroughout the nation. Findings from these stud-ies indicate that prison-based TC treatment iseffective at reducing recidivism and relapse todrug use, especially when combined with contin-ued treatment in the community followingrelease from prison (e.g., Knight, Simpson, &Hiller, 1999; Martin, Butzin, Saum, & Inciardi,1999; Wexler, De Leon, Kressel, & Peters, 1999;Wexler, Melnick, Lowe, & Peters, 1999). Overall,when the findings of TC treatment studies arestandardized and combined using meta-analytictechniques, the weighted mean effect size forrecidivism (using the r index) is .13, which can be

interpreted as a 13 percent difference in recidi-vism between those who received TC treatmentand those who received no or minimal treatment(Pearson & Lipton, 1999).

Although the research on TC treatment programs indicates that this approach can beeffective at reducing recidivism and relapse, giventhe relatively small effect size associated with theTC treatment approach, it is clear that there isroom for improvement. One possible target forimproving the outcomes of prison-based treat-ment programs is client motivation and partici-pation in treatment.

As is the case with substance abuse treatmentwith criminal justice populations in general,participation in prison-based substance abusetreatment programs often involves some level ofcoercion. In some cases, it is mandated.1 In addi-tion, especially in prison-based programs wheretreatment participants are not fully segregatedfrom the general population, the prison subcul-ture often actively and openly discouragesinmate participation or engagement in treatmentprograms. As a result, treatment providers mustdeal with clients who have low levels of motiva-tion for treatment and who remain unengaged inthe treatment program. Many inmate partici-pants, especially those who are mandated intotreatment or who remain exposed to the negativeinfluences of the prison subculture, often exhibit

high degrees of resentment and resistance toefforts to engage them in program activities.Some may even deliberately disrupt program-ming activities, thus negatively impacting theability of the treatment provider to deliver effec-tive treatment services to those who are motivat-ed and engaged in the treatment program.

The challenge for treatment providers, there-fore, is to develop innovative ways to overcomethis resentment and resistance; to effectively discourage behaviors that are disruptive to thetreatment program, while at the same timeencouraging behaviors that promote client par-ticipation and engagement in the treatmentprocess. This paper will explore the roles thatsanctions and rewards play in promoting clientmotivation and involvement in prison-based TCsubstance abuse treatment programs.

Sanctions for inappropriate behavior take theform of TC sanctions (e.g., behavior contracts,learning experiences, pull-ups) or correctionalsanctions (e.g., documented disciplinary actions,loss of credited time, administrative segregation);inmates are often subjected to both types of sanc-tions for the same behavioral transgression. Thispractice of “double sanctioning” can have a neg-ative impact on client morale and motivationand treatment effectiveness, especially when TCand correctional staff apply sanctions inconsis-tently. This paper presents a proposed model for

Sanctions and Rewards in Prison-BasedTherapeutic Community Treatment

William M. Burdon, Ph.D.

UCLA Integrated Substance Abuse Programs

Michael L. Prendergast, Ph.D.

UCLA Integrated Substance Abuse Programs

Vitka Eisen, Ed.D.

Walden House, Inc.

Nena P. Messina, Ph.D.

UCLA Integrated Substance Abuse Programs

FEDERAL PROBATION 47

1The distinction is that coerced treatment allows for somedegree of choice on the part of the inmate, whereas mandat-ed treatment does not.

Page 50: a journal of correctional philosophy and practice · PUBLISHED BY The Administrative Office of the United States Court Leonidas Ralph Mecham,Director John M. Hughes,Assistant Director

assessing behavioral transgressions and eliminat-ing inconsistencies in the administering of TCand correctional sanctions.

Systems that reward appropriate behaviorsamong inmate-clients are largely non-existent orare under-utilized in prison-based substanceabuse treatment environments, but can serve topromote motivation and involvement in treat-ment program activities when properly struc-tured and administered. The use of behavioralreinforcement approaches for promoting clientparticipation and engagement in treatment willbe discussed.

Sanctioning InappropriateBehavior

By their nature, correctional environmentsenforce compliance with institutional rules andcodes of conduct through negative sanctions—the punishment to individuals who engage inbehaviors that violate institutional rules andcodes of conduct. Within the context of prison-based treatment programs, behavioral transgres-sions must usually be reported to correctionalstaff, regardless of their severity. Standard operat-ing procedures of prisons demand that behavioraltransgressions coming to the attention of any staffmember must be reported and sanctioned inaccordance with the existing institutional sanc-tions protocol. This process is deemed essential tomaintaining order, safety, and security amonginmates and staff in the correctional setting.

Similarly, TC method prescribes a system ofgraduated sanctions, ranging from “verbal correc-tives” to “disciplinary actions,” that are to be usedto respond to behavioral transgressions withinthe community environment. The TC methodteaches that sanctions (along with privileges) arean integral part of an interrelated system that TCsuse to express the extent to which the communi-ty approves or disapproves of individual mem-bers’ “behaviors and attitudes concerning thenorms of daily living, recovery, and right livingteachings of the TC” (De Leon, 2000, p. 211). Assuch, treatment staff in prison-based TCs oftenplace a priority on imposing TC sanctions asopposed to standard correctional sanctions whenresponding to behavioral transgressions.

Institutional policies that require the report-ing of behavioral transgressions and prescribe thetypes of sanctions that are to be administered thusexist alongside the desire of treatment staff to usethe system of graduated TC sanctions to promote,sustain, and reinforce the TC culture. As a result,inmate-clients may be subjected to two sanctionsfor a single behavioral transgression,one imposedby corrections officials in accordance with institu-tional policy, and the other imposed by TC staff

(or members) in accordance with TC philosophyand method. Given the underlying rationales forboth types of sanctions, the practice of “doublesanctioning” may not be avoidable and, indeed,administering both correctional and TC sanc-tions may serve complementary purposes, espe-cially in prison-based TCs where clients are notfully segregated from the general prison popula-tion. Correctional sanctions serve the purpose ofensuring order, safety, and security within thelarger prison community. TC sanctions serve thepurpose of promoting, sustaining, and reinforc-ing the existence of a therapeutic culture in thetreatment environment.

From the inmate-client’s perspective, howev-er, this distinction may not be obvious or clearlydelineated. As a result, the inmate-client mayview double sanctioning as unfair and indicativeof a lack of coordination and communicationbetween treatment and institutional staff. Thesefeelings are reinforced, and to some extent justi-fied, when correctional and TC sanctions areapplied inconsistently for the same behavioraltransgression. This is likely to happen if treat-ment and correctional staff hold different viewsregarding the severity of a particular behavioraltransgression. Given that the type of sanctionadministered is generally dependent on theseverity of the transgression, the inmate-clientmay be subjected to sanctions that differ in termsof their severity for the same transgression (e.g.,a verbal warning from a correctional officer ver-sus a loss of phase status by the TC, or loss ofgood time credit as a correctional sanction versusa behavioral contract as a TC sanction).

To counter this perceived unfairness, the dis-tinction between correctional and TC sanctionsand the rationale behind administering bothtypes of sanctions should be clearly communi-cated to inmate-clients at the time they entertreatment. Just as important, treatment and cor-rectional staff should communicate with eachother when behavioral transgressions occur,agree on the severity of the transgression, andagree on their respective responses to ensure thatthe two types of sanctions (if any are to beapplied) are applied consistently. Without somelevel of ongoing communication and coordina-tion between treatment and custody staff, inde-pendently assessing behavioral transgressionsand deciding which sanctions to administer iscertain to result in inconsistencies in the applica-tion of TC sanctions by treatment staff and correctional sanctions by custody staff, furthercompounding clients’ resentment and resistanceto the treatment program, treatment staff, andinstitutional authority.

Establishing guidelines or a protocol that canbe agreed to and followed by both treatment andcustody staff for assessing behavioral transgres-sions and deciding upon appropriate sanctionscan significantly reduce or eliminate disparitiesin the application of sanctions and (as a result)have a positive effect on offenders’ participationin treatment (Tonry, 1998). The following deci-sion-making model represents only one exampleof how treatment and custody staff can come toa consensus on sanctioning inappropriate behav-iors, thus eliminating inconsistencies in theseverity of TC and correctional sanctions that areapplied in response to behavioral transgressions.Once treatment and custody staff have agreed ona model to be used, it is important that theymaintain some level of consistent ongoing com-munication to assess its usefulness, identify prob-lems or shortcomings with it, and develop andimplement changes where desired or needed.Periodic training sessions should be held withboth treatment and custody staff to train newstaff on the use of the model, and train existingstaff on any modifications that have been mutu-ally agreed to and implemented.

A Sanctions Decision-MakingModel

Within both correctional environments andTCs, sanctions for inappropriate behavior canbe viewed as lying along a 5-point continuumranging from mild to severe (Level 1 to Level 5;see Table 1). Mild sanctions (Level 1) are mostoften undocumented verbal admonishments(correctional sanction) or pull-ups (TC sanc-tion). Intermediate sanctions (Level 3) consistof documentation of an institutional rules vio-lation that becomes part of an inmate’s perma-nent file (correctional sanction) or a learningexperience or behavior contract (TC sanc-tion). Finally, severe sanctions (Level 5) consistof loss of good-time credit and/or transfer toan administrative segregation unit (correc-tional sanction) or banishment from the com-munity (TC sanction).

Whether the sanction is being initiated by amember of the treatment staff or a member of the custody staff, any decision to initiate asanction against an inmate for inappropriatebehavior involves a certain amount of struc-tured discretion to determine the level ofsanction imposed (Taylor & Mason, 2002).This structured discretion is independentlyexercised by treatment staff and custody staff indifferent environments (i.e., prison versustreatment) that have different and often con-flicting philosophies and policies to guide andinfluence staff decisions about applying sanc-

FEDERAL PROBATION Volume 67 Number 248

Page 51: a journal of correctional philosophy and practice · PUBLISHED BY The Administrative Office of the United States Court Leonidas Ralph Mecham,Director John M. Hughes,Assistant Director

September 2003 INCENTIVES AND SANCTIONS IN PRISON TCs 49

tions (e.g., institutional rules and regulationsgoverning inmate behavior within the institu-tion and TC house and cardinal rules govern-ing behavior within the treatment environ-ment).

When exercising discretion, however, bothtreatment staff and custody staff will often takeinto account similar factors that are related to thebehavior exhibited. Primary among these are 1)the seriousness of the behavioral transgression; 2)the frequency/pattern with which a particularbehavioral transgression occurs; and 3) the unex-pectedness of the transgression; the degree towhich the behavioral transgression was expected,given existing events or circumstances.

When assessing the seriousness of the behav-ioral transgression, the individual initiating thesanction looks at factors such as: Was the behav-ior threatening or injurious to others? Was it legalor illegal behavior? Did the behavioral transgres-sion produce a victim, or was it a victimless trans-gression? Did the individual committing thetransgression voluntarily disclose or confess to thebehavior, or did it come to the attention of others(i.e., treatment or correctional staff) by someother means?

When assessing the frequency/pattern of abehavioral transgression, the individual initiatingthe sanction considers factors that help him/herdecide if the behavior is exhibited frequently or ifit represents a pattern of behavioral transgres-sions. To determine this, the individual will con-sider such questions as: Has the person engagedin the same or similar behaviors in the past? Howmuch time has elapsed since the last occurrenceof the same or a similar behavioral transgression?Does the behavior represent an overall patternthat needs to be addressed?

Finally, when assessing the unexpectedness ofthe behavioral transgression, the individualadministering the sanction looks at such factorsas: Was the behavior considered normal for theindividual? (Individuals who are dually diag-

nosed may be more prone to exhibiting certainbehaviors that would otherwise be consideredinappropriate.) Are personal issues or eventsinvolved that may explain the behavior? Forexample, the recent death of a friend or familymember or receiving bad news from home maytrigger feelings of depression or anger that man-ifest themselves in inappropriate behavior that isotherwise uncharacteristic of the individual.

The weight given to each of these three factorsmay vary depending on the particular behavioraltransgression and who is assessing it (treatmentor custody staff). However, it is likely that theseriousness of the behavioral transgression willreceive the most consideration, since it moredirectly reflects the actual behavior exhibited.Thus, it is likely to carry more weight than theother two factors.

Consistent with this, more weight is given inthis model to the seriousness of the behavioraltransgression than to its frequency/pattern andunexpectedness. This is accomplished by allowingstaff to assign higher values to the seriousness fac-tor. Seriousness lies on a 10-point continuum (notserious at all=1 to very serious=10), whereas thefrequency/pattern and the unexpectedness of thebehavioral transgression lie along 5-point contin-uums, ranging from not at all frequent or unex-pected (1) to very frequent and unexpected (5).

When a behavioral transgression occurs, treat-ment and custody staff should communicate witheach other and reach a consensus on where thebehavioral transgression lies along each continu-um by agreeing on a point value to assign for eachof the 3 factors (i.e., 1-10 for seriousness and 1-5each for frequency/pattern and unexpectedness).Once this has been completed, the average of thethree point values is calculated and rounded tothe nearest whole number. Given the total popu-lation of point-value combinations (N=250),possible average scores range from 1.0 (i.e., a valueof 1 assigned to each factor) to 6.7 (i.e., a value of10 assigned to seriousness, 5 assigned to frequen-

cy/pattern, and 5 assigned to unexpectedness).The distribution of possible average scoresrounded to the nearest whole number and thelevel of sanction to be applied based on the meanrounded scores are shown in Table 2.

As stated above, this model is only an exam-ple. Variations are possible. For example, treat-ment and custody staff may decide on fewer lev-els of sanctions (e.g., 3 rather than 5). Inaddition, other factors not considered in thismodel can be included and assigned a range ofpossible point values. Also, treatment and cus-tody staff may agree that certain behaviors (e.g., physical violence against another person) orany behavioral transgression that is assigned aseriousness point value greater than 7 shouldautomatically receive a Level 4 or 5 sanction,regardless of how infrequently the behavior hasbeen exhibited in the past, how unexpected itwas, or any other extenuating circumstances. Themost important point is that treatment and cus-tody staff agree on the model to be used, com-municate with each other whenever a behavioraltransgression calls for sanctioning, and applyconsistent levels of sanctions for the same behav-ioral transgression.

Reinforcing AppropriateBehavior

As discussed above, correctional environmentsfavor the use of negative sanctions (punishment)to enforce compliance with institutional rulesand codes of behavioral conduct. Seldom, if ever,do inmates receive positive reinforcement forengaging in pro-social behaviors (i.e., complyingwith institutional rules and codes of behavioralconduct). This was confirmed in a series of focusgroups conducted with treatment participantsand treatment staff at five prison-based sub-

Level Correctional TC*

1 Verbal (not documented) Verbal pull-ups

2 Verbal (documented) Bookings

3 Administrative rules violation Learning experiences

4 Serious rules violation Loss of phase status

5 Administrative Segregation Banishment

TABLE 1Sanction Types

*Source: De Leon (2000)

Mean Score Possible Sanction(rounded) Occurrences* Level

1 4 1

2 31 13 65 2

4 74 3

5 56 4

6 19 5

7 1 5

TABLE 2Sanction Types

*N=250

Page 52: a journal of correctional philosophy and practice · PUBLISHED BY The Administrative Office of the United States Court Leonidas Ralph Mecham,Director John M. Hughes,Assistant Director

stance abuse treatment programs in California,where treatment participation was mandated foreligible inmates. Both the participants (inmates)and treatment staff stated that there was toomuch reliance on punishment, and that the useof incentives or rewards in the treatment processwould help to alleviate the resentment and resist-ance among the participants that resulted frombeing mandated into the treatment programs(Burdon, Prendergast, & Frankos, 2001).

Within prisons, most treatment programs dis-pense disciplinary actions against inmates whoviolate institutional or program rules, but oftenplace little emphasis on rewarding specific acts ofpositive behavior (e.g., punctuality, participation,completion of treatment plan tasks). This appearsto be primarily an artifact of the organizationalreality that finds treatment programs operatingwithin larger bureaucratic systems (correctionsdepartments) that possess and promote a funda-mentally different philosophy and policiesregarding management of inmate behavior.Rewards, when they occur, most often take theform of verbal praise from a counselor or positiveverbal peer comments (e.g.,“push-ups” in the TCmodel of treatment; De Leon, 2000). More tangi-ble reinforcement for positive behavior may takethe form of moving a client to the next phase ofthe treatment program or conferring on him/heradditional privileges. However, these types ofreinforcement “tend to be intermittent and, incontrast to sanctions, less specific,not immediate-ly experienced, and based on a subjective evalua-tion of a client’s progress in treatment” (Burdon,Roll, Prendergast, & Rawson, 2001, p. 78).

Behavioral ReinforcementApproaches

The fundamental principle of behavioral rein-forcement is the systematic application of positivereinforcement following demonstration of thedesired behavior. Specifically, the delivery of apositively reinforcing “event”contingent upon theperformance of a specific behavior results in theincreased frequency of the specified behavior. Theuse of reinforcement for increasing desiredbehaviors has a long tradition of application inthe behavioral literature (Bandura, 1969; Ullman& Krasner, 1965) and, more specifically, in alcoholand drug treatment (Higgins, Alessi, & Datona,2002; Leibson, Tommasello, & Bigelow, 1978;Meyers & Smith, 1995; Miller, 1975), where thispractice has been termed contingency manage-ment (CM). Its use with criminal justice popula-tions, however, has received virtually no attention.

More than any other single approach for pro-moting behavior change in substance users, the

efficacy of CM-based approaches has a solidempirical foundation in the experimental litera-ture. For the most part, CM reinforces abstinencefrom illicit drug use by delivering to study partici-pants cash vouchers, tangible goods, or servicescontingent upon the delivery of urine samples thattest negative for a target drug or set of drugs (e.g.,cocaine, opiates). Most of the empirical researchon the use of CM techniques among substance-abusing populations has found the approach to beeffective at reducing the use of illicit drugs amongopiate-addicted individuals (Downey, Helmus, &Schuster, 2000; Higgins, Roll, Wong, Tidey, &Dantona, 1999; Kidorf & Stitzer, 1999; Silverman,Preston, Stitzer, & Schuster, 1999).

An alternative to reinforcing abstinence fromdrug use is to reinforce pro-social behaviors thatare incompatible with illicit drug use. This proce-dure involves articulating a set of “competing”behaviors that are incompatible with illicit druguse and reinforcing those behaviors. Doing sointroduces the new behavior to the individualand increases the frequency of his/her engage-ment in that behavior. Subsequently, the naturallyoccurring reinforcing consequences (e.g.,improved mental and physical health) areexpected to sustain the new behavior after theCM procedure is discontinued. Research that hasemployed this approach has shown it to be effec-tive (Elk, Mangus, Rhoades, Andres, &Grabowski, 1998; Iguchi et al., 1997; Jones, Haug,Silverman, Stitzer, & Svikis, 2001).

Closely related to reinforcing pro-social behav-iors that are incompatible with illicit drug use isthe practice of reinforcing treatment attendanceand participation. Behavioral reinforcement oftreatment attendance was the focus of some earlystudies using CM in alcohol treatment programs.In general, these studies found that reinforcingattendance increased treatment retention (Gallantet al., 1968), reduced unexplained absences(Ersner-Hershfield, Connors, & Maisto, 1981),and improved employment and social adjustmentwhile decreasing criminal behavior among violentoffenders (Funderburk et al., 1993).

Despite their success at reducing illicit drug usewithin the context of clinically- or community-based drug treatment programs, behavioral rein-forcement procedures have been little used withsubstance-abusing incarcerated populations. Anumber of studies conducted in the 1970s usedbehavioral reinforcement techniques in an attemptto improve the management of inmate popula-tions. For example, Bassett et al. (1974) awardedincreased telephone privileges to inmates contin-gent on their attendance at a prison education cen-ter and reported subsequent improvement in theiracademic skills. Ellis (1993) found evidence of theeffectiveness of behavioral reinforcement tech-

niques in reducing violent behavior amonginmates. However, none of these studies used CMtechniques within the context of prison-based pro-grams for substance-abusing inmates.

Most studies testing the effectiveness of CMhave been performed in experimental clinical set-tings and, as mentioned above, reinforce targetedbehaviors by delivering to study participants cashvouchers, tangible goods, or services contingentupon their exhibiting the targeted behavior.While proven effective in these experimental set-tings, the practical application of behavioral rein-forcement procedures to real-world treatmentsettings is less certain. For example, in prison-based treatment environments, care must betaken in selecting the appropriate types of behav-iors that are to be targeted for reinforcement.Also, the types of rewards that are used to rein-force targeted behaviors are likely to be differentfrom those normally used in CM studies.

The findings of previous research suggest thatan appropriate role for behavioral reinforcementwithin prison-based substance abuse treatmentprograms would be to facilitate change in clients’cognitive processes (the goal of most treatmentprograms) by promoting clients’ involvement inthe full range of program activities that aredesigned to effect this change. To that end, behav-iors targeted for reinforcement should be thosethat promote participation and engagement inthe treatment process. These might include on-time attendance at required meetings, activeparticipation in group meetings, satisfactorycompletion of assigned tasks (e.g., writing andessay, making contact with family members), ormaintaining proper grooming habits. Suchbehaviors are likely to require close monitoringas well as objective means of assessing compli-ance and/or satisfactory completion.

Within the context of a prison-based treat-ment environment, use of cash vouchers or tangible goods and services to reinforce desiredbehaviors is likely to be prohibited due to the costand institutional rules and regulations prohibit-ing these types of rewards. Transferring this technology to a prison-based treatment setting,therefore, will require treatment staff to developinnovative and less costly ways to reinforcedesired behaviors. Examples of rewards that maybe used to reinforce targeted behaviors includeincreased privileges within the TC, additionalrecreation (yard) time for the inmate, or low costcanteen items or vouchers. Group rewards mayinclude celebratory meals or a movie night in theinmates’ housing unit. In addition to being lowcost, yet tangible, rewards used to reinforce tar-geted behaviors should have minimal impact oncustody staff time and institutional resources.

FEDERAL PROBATION Volume 67 Number 250

Page 53: a journal of correctional philosophy and practice · PUBLISHED BY The Administrative Office of the United States Court Leonidas Ralph Mecham,Director John M. Hughes,Assistant Director

September 2003 INCENTIVES AND SANCTIONS IN PRISON TCs 51

Conclusion

A key characteristic of prison-based substanceabuse treatment programs is that they operatewithin rather than with larger correctional sys-tems. As such, the organizational culture and cli-mate of the treatment organization often findsitself subordinated to the organizational cultureand climate of the correctional system. Criminaljustice and treatment agencies possess funda-mentally different philosophies regarding druguse and abuse, which form the foundation oftheir organizational cultures and climates(Prendergast & Burdon, 2001).

Within this organizational reality, efforts tointegrate new procedures or treatment protocolsinto the prison-based treatment environment,such as those discussed above, may be limited bythese conflicting philosophies and the dominat-ing influence that the organizational culture andclimate of corrections maintains over those of thetreatment provider. This is especially true forintegrating behavioral reinforcement proceduresinto a prison-based treatment setting. Rewardingpositive behavior conflicts with the underlyingnotion of prisons as punitive institutions. Manycorrectional staff may view this practice asrewarding inmates for “doing what they are sup-posed to do.” In addition, institutional policiesand the inmate subculture may present addition-al obstacles. For example, inmates who are notpart of the treatment program and thus not eligi-ble for behavioral reinforcement may file griev-ances based on unequal treatment. Also, certaintypes of rewards given for engaging in pro-socialbehaviors (e.g., increased phone privileges, addi-tional trips to the canteen, increased recreationtime) may pose logistical and security concernsfor custody staff, who must make special accom-modations in an otherwise rigid and structuredschedule to allow inmates to obtain such rewards.

These and other issues are certain to impactthe ability of treatment providers to integratethese new procedures or treatment strategies bypresenting a different and more complex set ofissues and obstacles than would be the case withcommunity-based treatment programs (i.e.,treatment programs that are not subject to theinfluences of the culture and climate of a largerorganization). The contradictory (and oftencompeting) philosophies and goals of the treat-ment and the criminal justice systems, combinedwith the relationship that exists between them (asa result of the treatment system having to workwithin the criminal justice system), shapes themanner in which negative behaviors in the treat-ment process are sanctioned and the manner inwhich positive behaviors can be and are reward-

ed. The ability of both treatment and correction-al staff to recognize this reality and to mutuallycommit to engage in collaborative efforts is anecessary first step to overcoming the resultingobstacles to implementing innovative strategiesthat hold the promise of improving treatmenteffectiveness while accommodating institutionalconcerns relating to safety and security.

References

Bandura, A. (1969). Principles of behavior mod-ification. New York: Holt, Rinehart andWinston, Inc.

Bassett, J., Blanchard, E., Harrison, H., & Wood,R. (1974). Applied behavior analysis on acounty penal farm: A method of increas-ing attendance at a remedial educationcenter. Corrective and Social Psychiatry andJournal of Behavior Technology Methodsand Therapy, 20(1), 21-23.

Burdon, W. M., Prendergast, M. L., & Frankos,C. (2001). Prison-based therapeutic com-munity treatment from the perspective of theparticipants. Unpublished manuscript.

Burdon, W., Roll, J. M., Prendergast, M., &Rawson, R. (2001). Drug courts and con-tingency management. Journal of DrugIssues, 31(1), 73-90.

De Leon, G. (2000). The therapeutic communi-ty: Theory, model, and method. New York:Springer Publishing Company.

Downey, K. K., Helmus, T. C., & Schuster, C. R.(2000). Treatment of heroin-dependentpoly-drug abusers with contingency man-agement and buprenorphine mainte-nance. Experimental and ClinicalPsychopharmacology, 8(2), 176-84.

Elk, R., Mangus, L., Rhoades, H., Andres, R., &Grabowski, J. (1998). Cessation of cocaineuse during pregnancy: Effects of contin-gency management intervention on main-taining abstinence and complying with pre-natal care. Addictive Behaviors, 23(1), 57-64.

Ellis, J. (1993). Security officer’s role in reducinginmate problem behaviors: A programbased on contingency management. Journalof Offender Rehabilitation, 20(2), 61-72.

Ersner-Hershfield, S. M., Connors, G. J., & Maisto,S. A. (1981). Clinical and experimental utilityof refundable deposits. Behavioral Researchand Therapy, 19(5) 455-457.

Funderburk, F. R., MacKenzie, A., DeHaven, G.P., & Stefan, R. (1993). Evaluation of themultiple offender alcoholism project:Quasi-experimental evaluation strategywith a focus on individual change andquality of life. Evaluation & ProgramPlanning, 16(3), 181-191.

Gallant, D. M., Bishop, M. P., Faulkner, M. A.,Simpson, L., Cooper, A., Lathrop, D., et al.(1968). A comparative evaluation of com-pulsory (group therapy and/or Antabuse)and voluntary treatment of the chronicalcoholic municipal court offender.Psychosomatics, 9(3), 303-310.

Higgins, S. T., Alessi, S., & Datona, R. (2002).Voucher-based incentives: A substanceabuse treatment innovation. AddictiveBehaviors, 27, 887-910.

Higgins, S. T., Roll, J. M., Wong, C. J., Tidey, J.W., & Dantona, R. (1999). Clinic and lab-oratory studies on the use of incentives todecrease cocaine and other substance use.In S. T. Higgins, & K. Silverman (Eds.),Motivating behavior change among illicit-drug abusers (pp. 35-56). Washington, DC:American Psychological Association.

Iguchi, M. Y., Belding, M. A., Morral, A. R.,Lamb, R. J., & Husband, S. D. (1997).Reinforcing operants other than absti-nence in drug abuse treatment: An effec-tive alternative for reducing drug use.Journal of Consulting and ClinicalPsychology, 65(3), 421-428.

Jones, H., Haug, N., Silverman, K., Stitzer, M., &Svikis, D. (2001). The effectiveness ofincentives in enhancing treatment atten-dance and drug abstinence in methadone-maintained pregnant women. Drug andAlcohol Dependence, 61(3), 297-306.

Kidorf, M., & Stitzer, M. L. (1999). Contingentaccess to clinic privileges reduces drugabuse in methadone maintenancepatients. In S.T. Higgins, & K. Silverman(Eds.), Motivating behavior change amongillicit-drug abusers (pp. 221-241).Washington, DC: American PsychologicalAssociation.

Knight, K., Simpson, D. D., Hiller, & M. L.(1999). Three-year reincarceration out-comes for in-prison therapeutic commu-nity treatment in Texas. Prison Journal,79(3), 337-351.

Page 54: a journal of correctional philosophy and practice · PUBLISHED BY The Administrative Office of the United States Court Leonidas Ralph Mecham,Director John M. Hughes,Assistant Director

Leibson, I. A., Tommasello, A. & Bigelow, G. E.(1978). A behavioral treatment of alco-holic methadone patients. Annals ofInternal Medicine, 89, 342-344.

Martin, S. S., Butzin, C. A., Saum, C. A., &Inciardi, J. A. (1999). Three-year outcomesof therapeutic community treatment fordrug-involved offenders in Delaware:From prison to work release to aftercare.Prison Journal, 79(3), 294-320.

Meyers, R., & Smith, J. (1995). Clinical guide toalcohol treatment: The community reinforce-ment approach. New York: Guilford Press.

Miller, P. M. (1975). A behavioral interventionprogram for chronic public drunkennessoffenders. Archives of General Psychiatry,32, 915-918.

Pearson, F. S., & Lipton, D. S. (1999). A meta-analytic review of the effectiveness of cor-rections-based treatments for drug abuse.

The Prison Journal, 79(4), 384-410.

Prendergast, M. L., & Burdon, W. M. (2001).Integrated systems of care for substanceabusing offenders. In C. Leukefeld, F. Tims,& D. Farabee (Eds.), Treatment of drugoffenders: Policies and issues. New York:Springer.

Silverman, K., Preston, K. L., Stitzer, M. L., &Schuster, C. R. (1999). Efficacy and versa-tility of voucher-based reinforcement indrug abuse treatment. In S. T. Higgins, &K. Silverman (Eds.), Motivating behaviorchange among illicit-drug abusers (pp. 163-181). Washington, DC: AmericanPsychological Association.

Taylor, R. B., & Mason, R. J. (2002). Responsesto prison for environmental criminals –Impacts of incident, perpetrator, andrespondent characteristics. Environmentand Behavior, 34(2), 194-215.

Tonry, M. (1998). Intermediate sanctions insentencing guidelines. Crime and Justice: AReview of Research, 23, 199-253.

Ullman, L. P. & Krasner, L., (1965). Case studiesin behavior modification. New York: Holt,Rinehart and Winston, Inc.

Wexler, H. K., De Leon, G., Kressel, D., & Peters,J. (1999). The amity prison TC evaluation:Reincarceration outcomes. CriminalJustice and Behavior, 26(2), 147-167.

Wexler, H. K., Melnick, G., Lowe, L., & Peters, J.(1999). Three-year reincarceration out-comes for Amity in-prison therapeuticcommunity and aftercare in California.Prison Journal, 79(3), 312-336.

FEDERAL PROBATION Volume 67 Number 252

Page 55: a journal of correctional philosophy and practice · PUBLISHED BY The Administrative Office of the United States Court Leonidas Ralph Mecham,Director John M. Hughes,Assistant Director

MEETING THE TREATMENT needs ofoffenders within the correctional system promis-es an important societal investment in reducingthe number of incarcerated drug-involvedoffenders and the concomitant burgeoning costsof incarceration and health care. Researchershave documented the high costs of drug-abusingoffenders whose criminal activity, criminal jus-tice costs, often poor health status, and use ofexpensive public health services all put heavyburdens on the taxpayer and society (Harwood,Fountain & Livermore 1998; Harwood et al.1984; Rice et al. 1990; French, Salomé and Carney2002). Analyses of 26,000 drug users in theNational Aids Demonstration Research (NADR)studies found that those who had been incarcer-ated had significantly higher rates of drug use,multiple drug use, daily drug injections, andunsafe needle use (Inciardi et al. 1993). These andother data (e.g., Chaiken 1989; Leukefeld & Tims1988; Simpson, Wexler & Inciardi 1999) suggestthat chronic drug users are found in the greatestconcentrations among prisoners. Thus, correc-tional institutions should be excellent field set-tings for identifying concentrations of drugusers, implementing treatment programs to a“captive” population, and rigorously assessingdrug treatment outcomes among those chronicdrug users who are most “expensive” for society.

Emphasizing effective treatment outcomes isnecessary because addiction treatment is a serv-ice that is largely funded by the public sector.Recent studies show that 70 percent of treatment

funding comes from public coffers (Office ofApplied Studies 1998). In the current climate ofshrinking budgets, especially in state govern-ments that fund most treatment, legislatures areincreasingly seeking evidence that money spenton treatment is producing the desired effect.Treatment outcome studies must show that theyreduce drug use. Also, directly or by implication,research needs to demonstrate that success in reducing drug use leads to reductions in crim-inal behavior, improvements in health status,and a decrease in the use of more costly healthservices—all of which, in turn, generate cost savings to other sectors of society.

Background on Research onDrug Treatment in Corrections

The need for drug treatment within a criminaljustice framework is well documented (e.g.,Inciardi 1993; Simpson et al. 1999). More con-tentious is how effective various modalities are,and whether the money spent is recouped later.Research focusing on the effectiveness of residen-tial in-prison treatment has tended to showmoderate but significant effects on recidivismand drug usage after release from prison (Gaes etal. 1999; Martin, Butzin & Inciardi 1995; Pelissieret al. 2001; Wexler et al. 1999). Persons receivingtreatment in prison followed by continuing treatment in a halfway house show even morepromising results than those who only receive in-prison treatment (Martin, Butzin & Inciardi

1995). A recent meta-analysis of 78 treatmentoutcome studies found that the treated groupsreported significantly better outcomes than non-treated groups (Prendergast et al. 2002).

Studies examining the cost effectiveness ofvarious treatment modalities have found sub-stantial returns on money invested. A recentstudy by French and his colleagues found a cost-benefit ratio of 4:34 for programs studied inWashington State (French, Salomé & Carney2002). One study (CALDATA) reported the cost-effectiveness of publicly supported treatmentprograms in California (California Departmentof Drug and Alcohol Programs 1994). The CAL-DATA Study reported 18-month savings fromtreatment of $1.5 billion, with the largest savingscoming from reduction in crime, followed by sig-nificant reductions in health care costs (ERadmissions declined by a third). Studies conduct-ed to date thus indicate that treatment is botheffective and cost effective.

Criminal justice research faces daunting hur-dles in design and implementation, however, andmuch of the research cited above suffers fromlongstanding problems (Apsler, 1991): not hav-ing proper control or comparison groups in thedesign, relying solely on self-reports of drug useand crime, and not having enough individuallevel impact data. More recently, Gaes has sug-gested that in-prison treatment designs areplagued by a combination of selection and attri-tion bias that makes randomization difficult(Gaes 1998). The process of selection, even in a

Treatment Research in OZ—IsRandomization the Ideal or JustSomewhere Over the Rainbow?*

Steven S. Martin, Senior Scientist

James A. Inciardi, Professor and Director

Daniel J. O’Connell, Research Associate

Center for Drug and Alcohol Studies

* This research was supported by Grant DAO6124 from the National Institute on Drug Abuse.

FEDERAL PROBATION 53

Page 56: a journal of correctional philosophy and practice · PUBLISHED BY The Administrative Office of the United States Court Leonidas Ralph Mecham,Director John M. Hughes,Assistant Director

FEDERAL PROBATION Volume 67 Number 254

supposed randomized design, often results ingroups that difer from one another in importantways. Gaes suggests that researchers should becautious in designing comparison groups andrecognize potential bias as well as explicitlyspelling out the selection and mechanismsinvolved in the treatment regimen. Apsler(1991) listed additional factors that singly ortogether would improve treatment outcomeresearch: measures on the variability amongtreatment programs, long project periods, objec-tive validation of self-report measures, the coop-eration of the treatment programs, large sam-ples, multiple measures of treatment experience,and multiple measures of outcomes.

While these criticisms have been taken intoaccount by prison treatment researchers, thedilemmas of conducting field studies that can berigorously evaluated have proven difficult to solve.Consequently,most assessments of program effec-tiveness have been solely -rather than outcome ori-ented or have not incorporated multiple outcomecriteria. Many times when outcome studies havebeen attempted, they have involved short follow-up time frames, lack of randomization, and haveincluded only limited use of comparison groups,standardized measurement instruments, multi-variate models, and appropriate control variables(Forcier 1991; Prendergast et al. 2002; Rouse 1991;Wexler 1995; De Leon, Inciardi & Martin 1995).To cite just one example, in Prendergast et al.’s(2002) meta analysis, only 7.7 percent of studieshad a comparison group that actually received notreatment. Most received a routine or alternativetreatment. Additionally, Prendergast et al. notethat 59 percent of the studies in their sample useda random or quasi-randomized design. Thatmeans that 41 percent of studies were not able toeven attempt to randomize the selection of treat-ment and comparison groups, and it is unclearwhat is included in the quasi-randomized designin many of the remaining studies.

While the problems with prison treatment stud-ies are well known, what is less often discussed iswhy correctional research has proven to be so diffi-cult. This paper is an attempt to shed light on whysome textbook examples of research methods arelargely unworkable and in some cases may be coun-terproductive in the criminal justice field.The treat-ment outcome for offenders in the Delaware studydescribed in this paper highlights both problemsand practical solutions to some of the above diffi-culties that are being applied to evaluate a treatmentprogram in an often “uncontrolled” real world set-ting. The case study demonstrates the need for aneffective process evaluation to understand whatcannot be a priori“controlled” in the “experiment.”

We go on to posit a “mixed mode” outcomeanalysis strategy that includes comparing five

client groups, two of which are randomly select-ed and three of which are not. Then, using theexisting data, we posit some research hypothesesand give examples of an outcome that has beenmodeled in a multivariate analysis designed tocontrol for known group differences. Althoughnon-random group selection makes statisticaljudgment of significant effects open to question,such analyses may sometimes be necessary tomake comparisons in field experiments.

Methods and Results of theRandom Experiment

The study focuses on evaluating aspects of a multi-stage therapeutic community (TC) treatment pro-gram that was started as a research demonstrationproject in 1990 and which is now a continuing pro-gram in the Delaware correctional system. The useof TCs has expanded rapidly in prisons and com-munity corrections settings. By the year 2000 over300 TCs were operating in 47 states, and TCs cur-rently operate in 54 countries (Rockholz 2000). InDelaware, there is an integrated continuum of cor-rections-based TC treatment that works in threestages tied to an inmate’s changing correctional sta-tus: prison { work release { parole (Inciardi,Lockwood & Martin 1991, 1994). The effectivenessof such a continuum of correctional TC treatmentwith a focus on the work release stage has beenshown to be more effective than in-prison treatmentwithout the treatment continuum (Martin et al.1999; Butzin et al. 2002; Wexler et al. 1999).

The original goal of the Delaware research wasto examine the feasibility and clinical efficacy of atherapeutic community “work release” center fordrug-involved felony offenders who had spent anumber of years in prison. The issues of feasibilityand efficacy were especially important, since thework release TC (CREST) represented the firstattempt anywhere at developing a correctionalwork release program built on a therapeutic com-munity model. The research design to evaluateCREST was primarily experimental, involving arandomized trial of the drug–involved inmatesassigned to CREST with a group of drug-involvedinmates assigned to regular work release.

Specifically, the design included a randomlyselected sample of conventional work release resi-dents with a past history of heavy drug use (theCOMPARISON group). These releasees have rela-tive freedom during working hours, but are heldin secure dormitories after 10 p.m. Most attendAA/NA meetings at the work release center andhave access to an on-site counselor but have littleother treatment. The true “experimental” contrastin the study was between this COMPARISONgroup and the RANDOM-CREST group, a ran-

dom sample of work release clients with a historyof past heavy drug use who were assigned to theCREST TC on a random basis. So, subjects com-ing to work release with a history of past drug usebut no prison TC experience were randomlyassigned to one of these two groups.

These two groups are compared in terms ofrelapse and recidivism measures 12 months aftercompleting work release. The basic hypothesescan be stated as: Drug-involved offenders receiv-ing treatment in a TC are more likely to remainarrest-free and be less drug-involved than thosewho do not have treatment. Other baseline char-acteristics thought to be related to relapse andrecidivism are controlled in the model. The base-line measures are self-report items. Dichotomousbaseline measures include gender, previous drugtreatment, and ethnic group (White/NonWhite).Frequency of drug use was derived from questionsasking frequency of use of each of the following:injecting or noninjecting cocaine, heroin, speed,crack, PCP, hallucinogens, and non-prescribedsedatives, stimulants, tranquilizers, analgesics orother opiates in the six months prior to prison.The maximum reported use of any drug wasrecorded on a scale of 0 (no use) to 6 (use morethan once a day). Continuous baseline measureswere number of prior arrests, number of previousincarcerations, and age. An examination of base-line characteristics in Table 1 suggests that the ran-domization was effective in producing reasonablyequivalent groups. The only difference thatapproaches significance is percentage “White.”

To examine the effect of treatment group in thestandard randomized design (treatment versescomparison group), we report the results ofregression analyses predicting to: 1) recidivism(logistic regression predicting the likelihood ofremaining arrest-free) and 2) degree of relapse(OLS regression predicting the frequency of druguse) one year after leaving work release.

Figure 1 shows the predicted probabilities(shown as percentages) of arrest-free withineach group one year after leaving work release,controlling for the mean effects of the othercovariates. The other covariates that are sig-nificant in the model are age (older more like-ly to be arrest-free) and number of previoustimes arrested and number of previous timesimprisoned (the more previous arrests andmore times in prison, the less the probabilityof being arrest-free). It is apparent that theRANDOM-CREST group is significantlymore likely to be arrest-free at follow-up (58percent) compared to the COMPARISONgroup (43 percent).

Figure 2 presents the results of an OLS regres-sion predicting scores on the dependent variableFrequency of Drug Use one year after work release

Page 57: a journal of correctional philosophy and practice · PUBLISHED BY The Administrative Office of the United States Court Leonidas Ralph Mecham,Director John M. Hughes,Assistant Director

for each experimental group, again adjusted for theother independent variables. The covariates signifi-cant in this model are age (older clients have lessdrug use), previous times in prison (fewer times inprison the less drug use), and previous drug history(the more baseline drug use, the more follow-updrug use).

Again it is apparent that the treatment group isdoing much better than the comparison group

one year after work release. The COMPARISONcases are averaging illegal drug use once a week ormore often while the RANDOM-CREST group isaveraging once a month use. In logistic regressionanalyses not reported here, the treatment group issignificantly more likely to have used no drugs; inan OLS regression analysis among those who haveused any illegal drugs, the treatment group usesless often.

Issues of Client Selection

A paper reporting these research results would bea useful contribution and likely accepted in peerreview journals. The experimental contrast withthe randomly selected groups produces signifi-cant and meaningful effects in the predicteddirection and strongly supports the efficacy of atransitional TC for drug-involved work releaseclients. However, clients entering correctional TCtreatment rarely get there by a random selectionprocess (chaotic, yes; but random, no).

There were three other relevant offender treat-ment groups existing during and after the randomsample selection that were not part of the experi-mental manipulation, but from whom baselineand follow-up data were collected. The first groupis NON-RANDOM CREST—those assigned toCREST by various criminal justice practitioners.Persons in this group were not randomly assigned,but were placed in CREST by a judge,prison coun-selor, or prison review board. Most NON-RAN-DOM CREST clients were recruited after the ran-dom selection process stopped and treatment wastaken over by the State. In addition, two groupswho had been in the in-prison therapeutic com-munity in Delaware, the KEY,are being followed aspart of this study: 1) the KEY group releasees fromthe in-prison TC who did not go to CRESTbecause they were released before CREST wasoperational or who “maxed out”their sentence anddid not have to go to work release; and 2) the KEY-CREST group—all of those clients who graduatedfrom the KEY and then went on to CREST for workrelease treatment.Although not randomly selected,each of these groups did include all clients comingfrom the KEY who were being classified for release.More important, each of these groups provides animportant contrast with the “experimental”groups.Table 2 lays out some of the salient distinctionsamong the five groups.

Real world clients in TCs come from severalsources. There are “walk-ins” seeking help whoare screened and evaluated by staff to determineTC suitability. Prison-based TCs typically“recruit” candidates from the general prison pop-ulation, followed by screening and evaluation by staff. Finally, many TCs accept or, more likely,are required to take court referrals. Judges willsentence an individual to a prison term, with aportion of the sentence suspended if the personcompletes the program. Additionally, someclients are referred to KEY or CREST as a result ofa parole violation. In none of these scenarios areclients recruited through random assignment.

In fact, the RANDOM-CREST clients, thoserandomly assigned from a pool of work releaseeligibles with a history of drug abuse, could bemore problematic than the non-random treat-

Comparison Group Random-Crest*0%

10%

20%

30%

40%

50%

60%

70%

FIGURE 1Percent Arrest Free 12 Months After Leaving Work Release, Randomized Model

43%

58%

*Significantly different from COMPARISON group, p<.05

Note: Predicted probabilities (shown as percents) of arrest-free by group controlling for mean scores on age, number of prior arrests, times in prison, number of illegal drugs used frequency of drug use prior to prison, gender, race, and prior treatment.

September 2003 TREATMENT RESEARCH IN OZ 55

ComparisonGroup

Random Crest

N 248 182Age 29.8 29.2Number of Arrests 9.6 9.7Times in Prison 3.2 2.9Illegal Drugs Used 5.7 5.8Drug use before prison 3.9 4.7Male percent 81 77White percent 30 25Prior Treatment percent 75 79

Arrest-free at 12 Months percent 43 56

TABLE 1Baseline Sample Characteristics by Group: Delaware Therapeutic Community Continuum

Page 58: a journal of correctional philosophy and practice · PUBLISHED BY The Administrative Office of the United States Court Leonidas Ralph Mecham,Director John M. Hughes,Assistant Director

ment groups. Random assignment had a num-ber of consequences. Some clients were not par-ticularly excited about the prospect of enteringCREST, but voluntarily accepted the assignmentbecause they felt that turning it down mightdelay their move from prison to work release.Most adapted but some did not, and a few triedto poison the treatment environment. Many ofthese clients would not have gone to CRESTwithout the random selection process.

There were also problems with staff attitudebecause they were constantly faced with a vocalminority of recalcitrant clients not “clinically”selected into treatment. A statement indicativeof the treatment staff ’s mistrust/confusionabout the research was, “Oh, so you don’tintentionally send us the most difficult peo-ple!” This came after the random assignmentprocess was explained to CREST staff. In reali-ty, all clients had met criteria of past drug abuseand had volunteered for CREST, though per-haps not with a “motivation for treatment.”However, TC staff had not assessed and select-ed the clients, so they found it easy to blame theresearch process for the “recalcitrant” clients.

The important point here is that,because of therandom assignment, the project ended up evaluat-ing a TC treatment arrangement that would notlikely exist in reality. The purpose of randomassignment is to develop equivalent groups so thatvalid and reliable comparisons of outcome can bemade. But, random assignment made the clientmix of the RANDOM-CREST group differentfrom that in “real world” TCs. As noted by Stahleret al. (1993:672) in a random assignment study ofhomeless crack users to different treatment modal-ities,“... the randomization process may have inter-fered with the integrity and internal validity of thedesign by increasing attrition.”

In fact, many studies comparing treatmentconditions suggest that client samples based onrandom designs are different from those selectedthrough traditional recruitment strategies, andrandomization may actually change a program.In fact, the research is likely examining an artifi-cial treatment initiative (De Leon 1979; Dennis

1994; Scarpitti, Inciardi & Martin 1994; De Leonet al. 1995). This change is evident from the timeof client selection and assignment, and thesechanges may amplify and reify during the courseof the research process.

This points to a conceptual problem with therandom model in practice. The model assumesthat the error of mismatch in random assign-ment is also randomly distributed—an errorwhich should not bias any of the assigned condi-tions (modality, program or intervention)toward higher participation or attrition. Forexample, the initial attrition rate among thosemismatched to a treatment program (e.g.,CREST) should be proportional or equivalent to

those mismatched by assignment to a no-treat-ment control group. The evidence from theCREST study suggests that this is not the case.

Even if random selection produces reasonableequivalency of individual differences at the startof the study, participation or attrition in theassigned categories or programs may not beequivalent in their engagement of the assignee, tosay nothing about their subsequent influenceupon the client. Stahler and colleagues (1993)noted that treatment dropouts often came fromthe category of clients who felt their assignedprogram did not meet their treatment or person-al needs. In the Delaware study the possible mis-match effect of unmotivated TC clients who are

FEDERAL PROBATION Volume 67 Number 256

Work Release Classified

Past Heavy Drug Use

Random Selection

In-prison TC Graduate

Assigned to work release TC

COMPARISON yes yes yes no noKEY yes yes no yes noRANDOM-CREST yes yes yes no yesNON-RANDOM CREST yes yes no no yes

KEY-CREST yes yes no yes yes

Planned Characteristics of Research Groups in the Delaware TC Continuum for Subjects About to be Released From Prison

TABLE 2

Comparison Group Random-Crest*0

0.5

1

1.5

2

2.5

3

3.5

FIGURE 2Frequency of Drug Use 12 Months After Leaving Work Release,Randomized Model

3.23

2.03

*Significantly different from COMPARISON group, p<.05

Note: Predicted scores on frequency of drug use scale controlling for mean scores on age, number of prior arrests, times in prison, number of illegal drugs used frequency of drug use prior to prison, gender, race, and prior treatment.

Several timesa week

About oncea month

1-3 times a month

Less than once a month

None

Page 59: a journal of correctional philosophy and practice · PUBLISHED BY The Administrative Office of the United States Court Leonidas Ralph Mecham,Director John M. Hughes,Assistant Director

September 2003 TREATMENT RESEARCH IN OZ 57

assigned to CREST (or even select CRESTbecause they think it will help get them out ofprison) may lead to no better or worse an out-come than will be found among the “no treat-ment” group. Thus, the assignment process maybe random, but the influence upon the assigneemay not be. Since fewer than 60 percent ofassignees complete CREST, there is potential foran attrition effect.

To demonstrate the differences in findingsand additional information to be gained from aquasi-experimental design (multiple groupsresulting from the day-to-day running of theTCs), we repeat the above analyses including notonly the random assignment groups but alsoincluding naturally occurring treatment groups.

An Example of a “Mixed Mode”Outcome Analysis

As noted earlier, there are five research groupsused in these analyses: 1) COMPARISON—those who were placed in the conventional workrelease setting and received neither prison-based nor community-based TC treatment; 2)KEY, those who received their primary treat-ment at The KEY but no secondary/tertiarytreatment; 3) RANDOM-CREST, those whoreceived their primary and secondary treatmentat CREST after being randomly assigned to theprogram from a pool of work release eligibles;4) NON-RANDOM-CREST, those whoreceived their primary and secondary treatmentat CREST after being sent to the program bynormal criminal justice procedures, and 5)KEY-CREST—those who received their pri-mary treatment at The KEY and their second-ary/tertiary treatment at CREST.

There are differences in the composition ofthe research groups: assignment to the COM-PARISON or RANDOM-CREST groups was

determined by lot; the COMPARISON and bothCREST groups include men and women, whilethe KEY group does not; the KEY and KEY-CREST groups were KEY “graduates”(suggestingsome treatment motivation); both CRESTgroups included all those who started the pro-gram, regardless of how much of the programthey completed; and finally, the KEY-only groupincluded clients who graduated before CRESTwas established. Table 3 shows baseline variablesfor all five groups included in the quasi-experi-mental analyses.

The RANDOM-CREST and COMPARISONgroups remain very similar. There are, however,significant differences with the other groups. Thetwo KEY groups contain more African-Americans.All of KEY and many of KEY-CREST respondentsare male. Everyone from the KEY has had previoustreatment. The major differences of interest for thepresent study are between the RANDOM-CRESTand NON-RANDOM-CREST groups. The RAN-DOM-CREST group scored worse on prior druguse. The NON-RANDOM-CREST group scoredworse on criminal history, but the difference wasnot significant. The NON-RANDOM group wasalso significantly older, by an average of 2.3 years atbaseline. Perhaps the most significant difference isin prior treatment. Seventy-nine percent of theRANDOM group reported prior drug treatment,while only 56 percent of the NON-RANDOMgroup did so.This may reflect decisions on the partof criminal justice practitioners to route those withno past treatment into the TCs.

The basic hypothesis is still that drug-involved offenders receiving treatment in a TCwill be more likely to remain arrest free and beless drug-involved 12 months after work releasethan those who have not had treatment. And,again, logistic regression is used for the arrest-free analysis, while OLS regression is utilized forthe drug use analysis. For each dependent vari-

able, we present full models for all 5 groups thatwere followed. In all analyses the data are exam-ined in the full regression model using a dummyclassification for group, with COMPARISON theexcluded category.

Figure 3 shows the predicted probabilities ofarrest-free within each group one year after workrelease. The black bar again represents the resultsof the COMPARISON group and the white barthe RANDOM CREST GROUP. The results aresimilar to those shown in Figure 1 for these 2groups, but it is also clear that more is happening.By utilizing all available data, the gray bars showthe stair-step result of each additional phase oftreatment. Again, the other significant independ-ent variables in the model are age and previousarrest and prison history.

The analyses reveal that transitional treatmentin work release seems more effective than in-prisontreatment alone in preventing new arrests. Thosewho get both prison and transitional treatment(KEY-CREST) are the group that does the best.

The difference between the RANDOM andNON-RANDOM CREST groups is of note.While the randomly assigned group did signif-icantly better than the comparison group, thegroup assigned to CREST by criminal justicepractitioners using their own eligibility criteriadid even better than the RANDOM-CRESTgroup. Keeping in mind that the NON-RAN-DOM group scored worse than the RANDOMgroup on prior criminal history measures; thisfinding may indicate that the system does aneven better job of selecting clients for treat-ment than random assignment.

A final regression model analogous to that inFigure 2 above but including the five comparisongroups is shown in Figure 4. The same 3 covari-ates (age, times in prison, and previous drug his-tory) are significant here as well. Also, here again,the effects of treatment are seen in the reduced

Total Comparison Key Random Crest

Non-Random Crest

Key/ Crest

N 997 248 40 182 320 207Age 30.4 29.8 31.7 29.2 31.5 30.6Number of Arrests 10.5 9.6 11.3 9.7 10.8 11.6Times in Prison 3.1 3.2 3.2 2.9 3.2 3.1Illegal Drugs Used 5.2 5.7 5.9 5.8 4.7 4.7Drug use before prison 4.1 3.9 5.1 4.7 3.7 4.3Male percent 79 81 100 77 79 76White percent 24 30 15 25 28 20Prior Treatment percent 74 75 100 79 56 89

Arrest-free at 12 Months percent 59 43 48 56 65 72

Baseline Sample Characteristics by Group: Delaware Therapeutic Community ContinuumTABLE 3

Page 60: a journal of correctional philosophy and practice · PUBLISHED BY The Administrative Office of the United States Court Leonidas Ralph Mecham,Director John M. Hughes,Assistant Director

frequency of drug use. Those getting transitionaltreatment do better than those with in-prisontreatment alone, while those with both prisonand transitional treatment do the best. BothRANDOM CREST and NON-RANDOMCREST groups show a significant reduction indrug use from the COMPARISON group, andthe magnitude of the effect is quite similar. Thisshould be noted in the context that the RAN-DOM CREST group was significantly moredrug-involved than NON-RANDOM CREST.The fact that the more drug-involved and lesscriminally involved RANDOM CREST groupdid marginally better in reducing drug use andmarginally worse in preventing recidivism thanthe NON-RANDOM CREST group is worthnoting. If there was any implicit difference inselection criteria, it would involve an emphasison drug use in the randomly selected group andan emphasis on criminal history in the systemselected group in determining entry into CREST.

Discussion

Numerous outcome analyses from the Delawareproject completed thus far have shown significanttreatment effects for the TC continuum for peri-ods ranging from 6 months up to 5 years (Mathias

1995; Inciardi et al. 1997, Martin et al. 1999,Inciardi et al. 2003). These analyses have also indirectly revealed something of the limits of ran-domization and the necessity for other kinds ofcontrols in the analyses. In this paper, we made thecomparisons explicit, looking first at the “experi-mental” groups and subsequently at the naturallyoccurring groups. Of particular interest is com-paring results between the random and non-ran-dom treatment groups (RANDOM CREST andNON-RANDOM CREST). The results suggestthat randomization alone may not show the bestpicture of a treatment program’s success, and thatclients selected by criminal justice practitionersbased on addiction and criminal history criteriabeyond work release eligibility perform betterthan those randomly assigned to CREST.

Client selection for the major “experimentalcontrast”of the RANDOM-CREST group in thisstudy was based on a random draw from thepool of work release eligible inmates. Yet clinicalassessments of readiness and suitability for TCtreatment were not used for this group, as is thecase in “real world” TCs. In many instances, theRANDOM-CREST admitted clients who, undermore typical circumstances, would not have beenconsidered appropriate for a TC.

In the real world of drug abuse treatment,program staff or criminal justice practitionersusually choose the clients they feel are ready fortreatment and are appropriate for the particularmodality. Random assignment in field settingsdoes not allow for client selection. As a result,clients unready for treatment are assigned to aprogram, sometimes undermining the effects oftreatment and contaminating the treatmentenvironment. Clients who are ready for particu-lar treatments may also be assigned to conditionsthat are not suitable for them, resulting in attri-tion or lack of benefits. Consequently, conclu-sions made about treatment conducted withinthe context of controlled research may not neces-sarily apply to treatment conducted with clinical-ly selected and appropriate clients.

De Leon et al. (1995) explicitly examine thedilemmas of conducting research on treatmenteffectiveness. Federal regulations, real world lim-itations on accomplishing random case selection,and even the simple knowledge that the programis under study combine to make the circum-stances for judging treatment effectiveness elu-sive and difficult to isolate, describe and quantify.In 2002, new federal guidelines promulgated bythe Office of Human Research Protection(OHRB) and interpreted by increasingly vigilant(and even paranoid) local Institutional ReviewBoards make true “no treatment” control groupsunacceptable if there is even the slightest hintthat the treatment will be effective (a Catch-22for the true experiment). Less manipulatedresearch designs may alleviate these problems,but raise new issues about not controlling for theeffects of non-manipulated intervening vari-ables. In this paper we used covariate controls.Other more complex controls allowing for morecovariates and interactive effects can be accom-plished with “propensity score” techniques(D’Agostino 1998). Possible solutions are lessintrusive designs with larger samples, replicationin different samples, greater emphasis on meas-uring non-treatment covariates, and assessing avariety of outcome measures—outcome meas-ures that vary in topic (e.g., relapse, other healthbehaviors, recidivism, employment) and indegree of behavior (e.g., how many ER visits,how often use drugs). An example of using base-line covariates to statistically control for groupdifferences was shown above. Such effectivenessstudies, however, require a sufficient number ofsubjects, the ability to follow subjects over time,and the ability to measure the same variables indifferent programs and samples.

Overall, our research experience does not callfor an abandonment of randomization in treat-ment research, but a recognition of its limita-tions. Randomization will not begin to com-pletely “control” for the real differences that will

FEDERAL PROBATION Volume 67 Number 258

Comparison Key Random-Crest* Non-RandomCrest*

Key-Crest*0%

10%

20%

30%

40%

50%

60%

70%

80%

FIGURE 3Percent Arrest Free 12 Months After Leaving Work Release,Full Group Model

45%

*Significantly different from COMPARISON group, p<.05

Note: Predicted probabilities (shown as percents) of arrest-free by group controlling for mean scores on age, number of prior arrests, times in prison, number of illegal drugs used frequency of drug use prior to prison, gender, race, and prior treatment.

48%

58%

65%

74%

Page 61: a journal of correctional philosophy and practice · PUBLISHED BY The Administrative Office of the United States Court Leonidas Ralph Mecham,Director John M. Hughes,Assistant Director

September 2003 TREATMENT RESEARCH IN OZ 59

remain among the comparison groups, both atinitial assignment and during the course of the“quasi-experiment.” It may create circumstancesnot directly applicable to the real world of treat-ment. And sometimes, it may be important tocompare effects among groups that have not orcannot be randomly assigned. As demonstratedearlier, reliance on randomization may obscurethe need to measure many other factors related toindividual differences and to differences in treat-ment program contact.

References

Apsler, R. (1991). Evaluating the cost-effective-ness of drug abuse treatment services. InW.S. Cartwright & J.M. Kaple (Eds.),Economic costs, cost-effectiveness, financ-ing, and community-based drug treatment(NIDA Research Monograph 113, pp. 57-66). Rockville, MD: National Institute onDrug Abuse.

Butzin, C.A., Martin, S.S., Inciardi, J.A. (2002).Evaluating component effects of a prison-based treatment continuum. Journal ofSubstance Abuse Treatment 22, 63-69.

California Department of Drug and AlcoholPrograms (1994). Evaluating recoveryservices: The California Drug and AlcoholTreatment Assessment (CALDATA).Sacremento, CA: California Departmentof Alcohol and Drug Problems.

Chaiken, M.R. (1989). In prison programs for druginvolved offenders. Washington, D.C.: Officeof Justice Programs, National Institute ofJustice.

D’Agostino, Ralph B. (1998). Propensity scoremethods for bias reduction in the compari-son of a treatment to a non-randomizedcontrol group. Statistics in Medicine 17,2265-2281.

De Leon, G. (1979). The illusion of control groupsin therapeutic community research. Paperpresented at the Twelfth Annual EaglevilleConference, Eagleville, PA.

De Leon, G., Inciardi, J.A., & Martin, S.S.(1995). Residential drug treatmentresearch: Are conventional control designsappropriate for assessing treatment effec-tiveness? Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 27,85-91.

Dennis, M. L. (1994). Design, management, andanalysis of randomly controlled trials incommunity-based settings. In J.S. Wholey,H. Hatry, and K. Newcomer (Eds.),Handbook of practical program evaluation(San Francisco: Jossey-Bass).

Fourcier, M.W. (1991). Substance abuse, crimeand prison-based treatment: Problems andprospects. Sociological Practice Review 2(2),123-131.

Comparison Key Random-Crest* Non-RandomCrest*

Key-Crest*0.00

0.50

1.00

1.50

2.00

2.50

3.00

3.50

4.00

FIGURE 4Frequency of Drug Use 12 Months After Leaving Work Release, Full Group Model

3.42

*Significantly different from COMPARISON group, p<.05

Note: Predicted scores on frequency of drug use scale controlling for mean scores on age, number of prior arrests, times in prison, number of illegal drugs used frequency of drug use prior to prison, gender, race, and prior treatment.

2.492.27 2.32

2.02

Several timesa week

About oncea month

1-3 times a month

Less than once a month

None

Page 62: a journal of correctional philosophy and practice · PUBLISHED BY The Administrative Office of the United States Court Leonidas Ralph Mecham,Director John M. Hughes,Assistant Director

French M.T., Salome H.J., & Carney M. (2002).Using the DATCAP and ASI to estimate thecosts and benefits of residential addictiontreatment in the State of Washington. SocialScience and Medicine 55:2267-2282.

Gaes, G.G. (1998) Correctional Treatment. InTonry, M. (Ed.) The Handbook of Crimeand Punishment. (New York, OxfordUniversity Press.)

Geas, G.G., Flanagan, T.J., Motiuk, L.L., &Stewart, L. (1999). Adult CorrectionalTreatment. In Tonry, M., and Petersilia(Eds.), Crime and Justice: A Review ofResearch Volume 26. Chicago, University ofChicago Press.

Harwood, H.J., Napolitano, D.M., Kristianses, P.,& Collins, J.J. (1984) . Economic costs to soci-ety of alcohol and drug abuse and mental ill-ness. Research Triangle Park, NC: ResearchTriangle Institute.

Harwood, H.J., Fountain, D., & Livermore, G.(1998). The economic costs of alcohol anddrug abuse in the United States, 1992 (98-4327). Rockville: National Institute on DrugAbuse and National Institute on AlcoholAbuse and Alcoholism.

Holland,S.(1978).Gateway houses:Effectiveness oftreatment on criminal behavior. InternationalJournal of the Addictions 13, 369-381.

Hubbard, R.L, Marsden, M.E., Rachal, J.C.,Harwood, H.J., Cavanaugh, E.R., &Ginzburg, H.M. (1989). Drug abuse treat-ment: A national study of effectiveness. ChapelHill, NC: University of North Carolina Press.

Inciardi, J.A. (1993). Criminal justice. FortWorth: Harcourt Brace.

Inciardi, J.A. (Ed) (1993b) SAGE Criminal justiceannuals, Volume 27: Drug treatment andcriminal justice. Newbury Park-SAGE.Inciardi, J.A., Lockwood, D. & Martin, S.S.(1991). Therapeutic communities in correc-tions and work release: Some clinical andpolicy considerations. Paper presented atNational Institute on Drug Abuse TechnicalReview Meeting on TherapeuticCommunity Treatment Research, May 16-17, Bethesda, MD.

Inciardi, J.A., Lockwood, D., & Martin, S.S.(1994). Therapeutic communities in correc-tions and work release: Some clinical andpolicy implications. In F.M. Tims, G. De

Leon, and N. Jainchill (Eds.), Therapeuticcommunity: Advances in research and appli-cation (NIDA Research Monograph 144, pp.259-267). Rockville, MD: National Instituteon Drug Abuse.

Inciardi, J.A., Martin, S.S., Butzin, C.A., Hooper,R.M., & Harrison, L.D. (1997). An effectivemodel of prison-based treatment for drug-involved offenders. Journal of Drug Issues 2,261-278.

Inciardi, J.A., Martin, S.S., Butzin, C.A. (2003)Five-year outcomes of therapeutic commu-nity treatment of drug involved offendersafter release from prison. Crime andDelinquency, in press.

Leukefeld, C.G., & Tims, F.M. (Eds.) (1988a).Compulsory treatment of drug abuse:Research and clinical practice (NIDAResearch Monograph 86). Rockville, MD:National Institute on Drug Abuse.

Martin, S.S., Butzin, C.A., & Inciardi, J.A. (1995).Assessment of a multistage therapeuticcommunity for drug involved offenders.Journal of Psychoactive Drugs 27, 109-116.

Martin, S.S., Butzin, C.A., Saum, C.A., & Inciardi,J.A. (1999) Three year outcomes of thera-peutic community treatment for drug-involved offenders in Delaware: from prisonto work release to aftercare. The PrisonJournal. 79, 294-320.

Mathias, R. (1995). Community treatment helpsoffenders stay drug and alcohol free. NIDANotes (May/June). Rockville, MD: NationalInstitute on Drug Abuse.

Office of Applied Studies (1998). Substanceabuse and mental health services adminis-tration, Uniform Facility Data Set (UFDS)survey, October 1. URL: http://dasis3.samh-sa.gov/99ufds/resource-559/t38.htm.

Prendergast, M. L., Podus, D., Chang, E., Urada,D. (2002). The effectiveness of drug abusetreatment: a meta-analysis of comparisongroup studies. Drug and Alcohol Dependence67, 53-72 Rice, D.P., Kelman, S., Miller, L.S.& Dunmeyer, S. (1990). The economic costsof alcohol and drug abuse and mental ill-ness: 1985. Report submitted to the Office ofFinancing and Coverage Policy of theAlcohol, Drug Abuse, and Mental HealthAdministration. U.S. Department of Healthand Human Services. San Francisco:Institute for Health and Aging.

Rockholz, P.B. (2000). Findings of a nationalsurvey on therapeutic communities forsubstance abusing offenders in stateprison. Association of State CorrectionalAdministrators Newsletter, Middletown CT.

Rouse, J.J. (1991). Evaluation research on prisonbased drug treatment programs and somepolicy implications. The InternationalJournal of the Addictions 26, 29-44.

Scarpitti, F.R., Inciardi, J.A., & Martin, S.S.(1994). Assertive community treatment:Obstacles to implementation. In B.W.Fletcher, J.A. Inciardi and A.M. Horton, Jr.(Eds.), Drug abuse treatment: The imple-mentation of innovative approaches (pp. 63-78). Westport, CT: Greenwood Press.

Simpson, D.D., Wexler, H.K., & Inciardi, J.A.(1999) Drug treatment outcomes for cor-rectional settings, Part 1; Introduction.The Prison Journal 79.

Smith, R. (1977). Drug programs in correction-al institutions. Washington, DC: LawEnforcement Assistance Administration.

Stahler, G.J., Cohen, E., Shipley, T.E., & BarteltD. (1993). Why clients drop out of treat-ment: Ethnographic perspectives on treat-ment attrition among homeless male‘crack’ cocaine users. Contemporary DrugProblems 20, 651-680.

Wexler, H.K. (1995). The success of therapeu-tic communities for substance abusers inAmerican prisons. Journal of PsychoactiveDrugs 27, 57-66.

Wexler, H.K., De Leon, G., Thomas, G.,Kressel, D., & Peters, J. (1999). The Amityprison TC evaluation—reincarcerationoutcomes. Criminal Justice and Behavior26, 147-167.

FEDERAL PROBATION Volume 67 Number 260

Page 63: a journal of correctional philosophy and practice · PUBLISHED BY The Administrative Office of the United States Court Leonidas Ralph Mecham,Director John M. Hughes,Assistant Director

Moving Towards a Federal CriminalJustice “System”

Timothy P. Cadigan, Office of Probation

and Pretrial Services

Administrative Office of the U.S. Courts

Bernadette Pelissier, Office of Research and Evaluation

Federal Bureau of Prisons

September 2003 61

THE RECENT LITERATURE has beenreplete with discussions of the need to move thedisparate agencies of the criminal justice systeminto a “systems” model. Taxman and Bouffard2000 specifically argue that if criminal justiceorganizations want to improve the successfuloutcome of treatment services, they need tofocus on the shortcomings of current method-ologies of providing those services rather thanfocusing on the “lack of motivation” of theoffenders they treat. They propose that criminaljustice organizations should become “boundary-less organizations”:

Boundaryless organizations are character-

ized by shared interagency goals and oper-

ational practices at key decision points

that are common to both criminal justice

and treatment agencies. This approach

emphasizes the creation of policies and

operational practices that transcend

agency boundaries, overcome bureaucrat-

ic turf issues, and develop processes that

benefit individual agencies.1

To achieve such worthwhile ideals, organiza-tions must undergo a paradigm shift in whichpolicies are designed to impact the end productor outcome of the case rather than a particularorganization’s performance in handling thatcase or that organization’s outcomes as a whole.

Toward this goal, the focus is then on thenew criteria of responsiveness to the systemand community needs, flexibility (e.g., pullingtasks together to achieve greater gains), andinnovations (e.g, new, different, and creativeapproaches to traditional processes). Theboundary-spanning concept involves simulta-neous processing of tasks and multi-agencyefforts instead of on separate decision pointsfor each agency. The convergence increasesflexibility and innovation by focusing on thedecisionmaking process instead of on special-ized tasks. In the criminal justice system,boundaryless organization allows for multi-agency decisionmaking before the next deci-sion point occurs. The emphasis is on theprocess to allow the organizational structureto mirror the way work/cases actually flow. 2

These goals and approaches are lofty ideals forany organization, which could only be achievedwith years of continued management commit-ment and support. For the federal criminal justicesystem to achieve them would likely take years, ifnot decades, of modification and refinementwithin a framework of cooperation, managementcommitment and trust. However, the federal sys-tem has several ongoing initiatives that are likelyto lead it in this direction. Those initiativesinclude the BOP’s inmate skills developmentworkgroup, AOUSC’s reentry initiative, and thenew AOUSC community supervision mono-graph. In preparation or anticipation of such apotential future, a small low-level approach hasbeen ongoing between the organizations.

The authors of this article approach the “sys-tems” model from their respective positions in

the Office of Research and Evaluation of theFederal Bureau of Prisons (BOP) and the Officeof Probation and Pretrial Services of theAdministrative Office of the U.S. Courts.Working in conjunction with their superiors andsupport staff, we have developed data analysisvehicles to document the potential benefit ofsuch an approach in the federal system.Beginning with the development and signing ofa joint Memorandum of Understanding (MOU)in December 2000 to share data for research pur-poses, staff members began the process ofachieving those goals. This article explores theprocess undertaken, considers the many issueswhich arose, describes the solutions to thoseissues that were implemented, and describes thefuture of this collaboration. Ultimately, it alsoconsiders the many hurdles to be overcomeshould the agencies hope to achieve the broaderrange goals identified.

Brief Introduction to the FederalCriminal Justice System

An individual’s experience with the federal crim-inal justice system begins with cases investigatedby a variety of law enforcement agencies, includ-ing the Federal Bureau of Investigation and DrugEnforcement Administration. Those agenciesbring charges in federal court and the federalprobation and pretrial services system begins itsrole with a pretrial services investigation to assistthe judicial officer in determining pretrial releaseand providing pretrial services supervision, ifordered. Should the defendant be detained,

1Taxman, Faye S. and Bouffard, Jeffery A., “TheImportance of Systems in Improving OffenderOutcomes: New Frontiers in Treatment Integrity,” 2Justice Research and Policy 37 (Fall 2000) at 39.

2Ibid at 41.

Page 64: a journal of correctional philosophy and practice · PUBLISHED BY The Administrative Office of the United States Court Leonidas Ralph Mecham,Director John M. Hughes,Assistant Director

FEDERAL PROBATION Volume 67 Number 262

pending the resolution of the charges, the defen-dant might have his/her first contact with theBOP by serving that detention period in a BOPfacility. If the defendant is ultimately convicted, apresentence investigation is prepared by a proba-tion officer who also provides any post-convic-tion supervision that may be ordered as part ofthe sentence. Finally, should the offender be sen-tenced to a term of incarceration, that termwould be served in a BOP facility. Given that thedefendant/offender must move between the BOPand AOUSC subsystems at various points in theprocess, the potential benefits of a “systems”approach appear to be obvious.

The BOP and AOUSC provide substanceabuse treatment to defendants and offenders inneed of such services. The basic goals of theAOUSC Federal Substance Abuse TreatmentProgram are the identification of substance abus-ing offenders and the provision of treatment forthose identified. Through close supervision ofoffenders and quick intervention in response todrug and alcohol abuse, the Substance AbuseTreatment Program is designed as a tool for theprobation officer to use to protect the community.The program is considered an effective and eco-nomical community corrections alternative forthe courts, although there is little hard evidencebeyond the anecdotal to support that contention.With the availability of specialized services and theadditional supervision and urine surveillanceprovided by the program, courts can considerrestricted release in the community in place of amore costly incarceration alternative.

Drug treatment, as defined at 18 U.S.C. §4251, “... includes but is not limited to medical,educational, social, psychological and voca-tional services, corrective and preventive guid-ance and training, and other rehabilitativeservices designed to protect the public andbenefit the addict by eliminating his depend-ency on addicting drugs or by controlling hisdependence and susceptibility to addiction.”Authorized services for substance abusing fed-eral offenders include—but are not limitedto—urinalysis, counseling, vocational testing,training, and placement, physical examina-tions, psychological and psychiatric evalua-tions and treatment, outpatient and inpatientdetoxification, short- and long-term residen-tial treatment, temporary housing, emergencytransportation and financial assistance, andtravel by contract staff to visit clients.Treatment services are provided by probationstaff through available community programsat no additional cost to the government, andby over 2,800 treatment programs under con-tract to the United States Courts. Contracts areawarded through a competitive process.

The Federal Bureau of Prisons has provideddrug abuse treatment in various forms for decades.Since the passage of the Anti-Drug Abuse Acts of1986 and 1988, both of which included anincreased emphasis on and resources for drug abusetreatment, the Bureau has redesigned its treatmentprograms. With the help of the National Instituteon Drug Abuse (NIDA) and after careful review ofdrug abuse treatment programs around the country, the Bureau has developed a drug abusetreatment strategy that incorporates those “proveneffective” elements found through this review. TheBureau’s strategy addresses inmate drug disordersby attempting to identify, confront, and alter theattitudes, values, and thinking patterns that lead tocriminal and drug-using behavior.

The primary BOP treatment programs areresidential drug abuse treatment and transitionaldrug abuse treatment. There are 50 residentialprograms which provide intensive treatment fivedays a week and last typically about nine months.During that time the inmate receives a minimumof 500 hours of treatment. Transitional drugabuse treatment is provided in a halfway houseand includes an essential transitional componentthat keeps inmates engaged in treatment as theyreturn to their home communities.

The Process

Staff from both organizations began with thesimple idea that research on the effectiveness ofour substance abuse programs would be morecomplete and effective if we each considered theimpact of the other organization’s treatment onour various populations. Toward that goal, amemorandum of understanding was drafted,reviewed by both organizations and ultimatelyapproved. With the MOU in place, staff met towork out the details and begin the process ofmaking the combined assessment a reality. Oneof the first goals was to link complete databases,not just specific populations or subsets of data-bases. While this proved to be a somewhat ardu-ous process, once implemented we felt that thebenefits could be reaped for years to come. To doso required linking the operational data systemsused by both organizations, National TreatmentDatabase (NTD) at the Administrative Officeand SENTRY at the Bureau of Prisons.

The National Treatment Database (NTD) atthe Administrative Office is compiled throughquarterly data extractions from the Probation andPretrial Services Automated Case Tracking System(PACTS) in the 93 probation and pretrial servicesoffices nationwide. The system has all the basicinformation on defendants and offenders in thefederal probation and pretrial services system,including demographics, investigations, sentences,

supervision activities and violation information.SENTRY is the on-line information system

used by the Bureau of Prisons (BOP) to pro-vide most of its operational and managementinformation requirements. (SENTRY is not anacronym, but is the generic name of the sys-tem.) The SENTRY system is under the directmanagement control of the BOP, and its pri-mary function is to track inmates. SENTRYcontains a wealth of data on defendants whohave been in the custody of BOP, includingdemographics, treatment provided, infractions,sentence, and related offender information.

For a variety of reasons, the team decided toselect a cohort of persons released from the BOP tothe federal probation system during calendar year1999. The initial concept was relatively straightfor-ward: Each organization would extract either persons released or persons received from theirrespective databases, and those datasets would bematched to form the 1999 cohort. That relativelysimple concept proved somewhat difficult toaccomplish, because both organizations relied ondifferent variables as key fields. The BOP utilizes aninternally assigned number, known as RegisterNumber,as the primary tracking number in Sentry,while the AOUSC utilizes an internally assignednumber, known as case number, as the primarytracking number in NTD. Given that the data sys-tems rely on different key identifiers, a mutuallyeffective system of matching had to be developed.

Ultimately a combination of key identifierswas utilized. That combination began with theFBI number, which matched 91 percent of therecords and incorporated date of birth, socialsecurity number, sex, and race to ultimatelymatch 98 percent of the offenders released byBOP who were received by AOUSC. That ratewas deemed acceptable by the team for purposesof this initiative, but would need to be enhancedfor any subsequent operational methodologythat might ultimately be used for all cases.

Outcomes

While the team plans to do formal research on thisdataset in the coming year,a number of initial out-comes have already resulted from the effort. Theteam successfully matched the records of 27,386offenders released from the BOP during 1999, cre-ating the largest and most complete picture ofoffenders who have passed through both subsys-tems that has ever been assembled. Specifically,this dataset contains detailed substance abusetreatment information not previously assembledacross agencies. Given the interaction and interde-pendence of the two subsystems, to look at out-comes or performance measures for only one ofthem without considering or controlling for the

Page 65: a journal of correctional philosophy and practice · PUBLISHED BY The Administrative Office of the United States Court Leonidas Ralph Mecham,Director John M. Hughes,Assistant Director

September 2003 A FEDERAL CRIMINAL JUSTICE SYSTEM 63

impact of the other subsystem seems myopic atbest. It is hoped that any future research per-formed by either organization will now routinelyconsider and account for these issues.

The importance of data quality cannot beoverstated. Both SENTRY and NTD have dataquality issues that have to be addressed. Thoseissues vary, but by matching the two datasets, wewere able to identify data quality issues whichhad not been previously identified. Therefore,the initiative itself enhanced the quality of thedata in both organizations.

The relationships spawned by this small ini-tiative have grown and are facilitating meetingsand data exchanges that will lead to operationalchanges benefiting both organizations. There areongoing meetings between these organizationsand the U.S. Sentencing Commission that willlead to electronic data exchange at an operationallevel. While those meetings were developed inresponse to a wide range of factors, the underly-ing relationship has provided both agencies withstaff members who understand the systems ofthe sister agency and—more important—howthose systems can be utilized to achieve opera-tional efficiency and a more effective federalcriminal justice “system.”

Future Research Questions

The primary research questions that drove thisinitiative will be addressed in the coming year.Initially they were primarily based on deter-mining the impact or lack of impact that thevarious substance abuse treatment programseach agency provides had on each other. Thosequestions have significant policy implications.For example, given the financial commitmentthe federal government makes by puttingsomeone into the BOP’s 500-hour treatmentprogram, should those offenders, as a matter ofpolicy, be provided additional substance abusetreatment upon their release? Initial resultsshow a clear lack of policy in this area in thefederal probation system. Of the 3,039 offend-ers matched who received the BOP programprior to their release, fully 1,349 received nogovernment-paid treatment while on supervi-sion, while 1,690 received such treatment.Breaking it out by district, 17 districts providedno paid treatment to 65 percent or more of theoffenders, while 30 provided paid treatment to65 percent or more and 46 districts were splitrelatively evenly. The research should enable usto provide clearer policy guidance to districtson how to handle these cases in the future.

Two populations that emerge from the initialresults as warranting further study are the BOP-

identified “failures” from the 500-hour treatmentprogram and the transitional services treatmentprogram. For the 500-hour program, 473 offend-ers emerged as “failures”; of these, the AOUSCsubsequently provided paid treatment to 329while providing no paid treatment to 144. For thetransitional services program, 231 were labeled as“failures” and the courts paid to treat 143 while88 received no paid treatment. Obviously, theoutcomes of these cases are important, butunderstanding the process that led to significant-ly disparate handling of these cases could offerimportant policy guidance for the future.

Once these and other important questions havebeen answered in the area of substance abuse treat-ment, equally important and similar questions canbe addressed concerning mental health and sexoffender treatment.Guidance in formulating effec-tive reentry programs and developing more effec-tive solutions to reduce the number of revocationscan be developed from the data. Offenders whosubsequently violate the terms of their supervisionand ultimately return to the BOP, especially thosewho do so for only a short time, are very costly. Bycombining our knowledge base, we should be ableto develop more effective methodologies for han-dling those cases. In fact, almost any problem weface in the future should become easier to manageby having a clear picture of our joint experiencewith similar problems in the past.

Page 66: a journal of correctional philosophy and practice · PUBLISHED BY The Administrative Office of the United States Court Leonidas Ralph Mecham,Director John M. Hughes,Assistant Director

FEDERAL PROBATION Volume 67 Number 264

THE INTERSECTION between drug abuseand crime has been well documented. Drug andalcohol abuse are associated with large numbersof criminal acts. The response to drug-relatedcrime has incorporated both public health (drugabuse treatment) and public safety (criminaliza-tion of illicit drug possession and sales, zero tol-erance laws, stiff penalties for drug-involvedoffenses, and close monitoring of illicit drug useby those released to continuing criminal justicesupervision in the community). As a conse-quence of the major emphasis on criminalizationof drug use over the past three decades, it is esti-mated that about three-fourths of the offendersin correctional institutions have substance usedisorders (SUD). Since most offenders arereleased to return to their communities, thenumbers of individuals with SUD who have pastor current criminal justice involvement has alsogrown (BJS, 1998; Belenko and Peugh, 1999;Mumola, 1999). This growth, together withexperience showing that the substance-abusingoffender is likely to relapse without drug treat-ment, has kindled interest in improving access todrug treatment programming for incarceratedoffenders, those returning to the community, andoffenders under community supervision.

Research on drug abuse treatment indicatesthat structured behavioral and multi-modaltreatment approaches can reduce drug use andrecidivism and improve post-incarceration out-comes, especially when paired with post-incar-ceration treatment and support services

(Andrews, Zinger, Hoge, Bonta, Gendreau, &Cullen, 1990; Falkin, Wexler, and Lipton, 1992;Hiller, Knight, and Simpson, 1999; Hiller, Knight,Broome, and Simpson, 1996; Inciardi, Martin,Butzin, Hooper, and Harrison, 1997; Gendreau,1996; Lipton, 1995; Pelissier & McCarthy, 1992;Peters & Steinberg, 2000; Sherman, Gottfredson,MacKenzie, Eck, Reuter, and Bushway, 1997).Less well understood is how public safety andpublic health systems should be organized towork together to provide critical continuity ofcare across systems for these individuals whohave multiple problems that require access tomultiple health, social service, and criminal jus-tice systems to successfully re-integrate into thecommunity. The dearth of research-basedknowledge has not stopped many criminal jus-tice and community treatment agencies fromdeveloping their own models of service integra-tion to address the problems that offenders present to the community, either within the insti-tution or at large. Though the assumptions as tothe nature of the problem may differ, thereappears to be basic agreement that the currentresponse is inadequate, as we expect to releaseapproximately 600,000 offenders back into thecommunity each year for the foreseeable future(Travis, 2002), many of whom have significantuntreated substance abuse problems.

The aim of this paper is two-fold. First we pro-pose to build on the emerging research suggestingthat drug dependence is a long-lasting disorderwith many aspects of a chronic condition.

Second, we propose to highlight a continuum ofcollaborative structures that policy-makers andpractitioners may want to consider as they beginto develop strategies aimed at integrating bothacross (horizontally) and within (vertically) themultiple systems involved with managing thecriminal justice-involved substance user.

Addiction as a ChronicCondition

The persistence of drug addiction has beenobserved for many years; however, the basic neu-roscience needed to understand the nature of thedisorder has only been carried out in the pastdecade. A substantial and growing body ofresearch identifies drug dependence as a com-plex, multi-layered disorder that affects the brainand behavior in long-lasting ways. Research con-ducted in both animals and humans shows thatdrugs produce neurological changes that persistlong after the individual has stopped drug use(NIDA, 1999). These changes may help toexplain why an individual addicted to drugs islikely to relapse even after long periods of absti-nence. Studies comparing chronic disorders suchas diabetes, asthma, and hypertension find thatthese medical conditions reoccur at rates similarto drug addiction relapse (McLellan, Lewis,O’Brien and Kleber, 2000).

An implication of this emerging concept ofthe addictive disorder is that the effectiveness ofdrug abuse treatment should not be based on the

Reorganizing Care for the SubstanceUsing Offender—The Case forCollaboration

Peter J. Delany, D.S.W.

National Institute on Drug Abuse, Bethesda, MD.

Bennett W. Fletcher, Ph.D.

The National Institute on Drug Abuse

Joseph J. Shields, Ph.D.

Catholic University of America, Washington, D.C.

Page 67: a journal of correctional philosophy and practice · PUBLISHED BY The Administrative Office of the United States Court Leonidas Ralph Mecham,Director John M. Hughes,Assistant Director

September 2003 REORGANIZING CARE 65

outcome of a single episode of care, but rather onwhether the treatment continues to be providedas needed over the course of the disorder. Long-term treatment may be required before the indi-vidual can alter behavior and thinking patternsassociated with drug use, and the social andbehavioral consequences of drug use may takeeven longer to resolve. We must place moreemphasis on developing treatment models thatmore closely match the drug disorder and thatmeet the needs of the individual patient.

A drug abuse treatment model designed toaddress the chronic nature of the drug depend-ence disorder would not be limited to primaryintervention but would include ongoing moni-toring and support to enhance treatment adher-ence over the long term (McLellan et al., 2000).Such a treatment approach also has importantimplications for criminal justice supervision.Greater effort should be given to developing sus-tainable linkages across systems to meet the com-plex social, behavioral, and physical health needsof offenders with SUDs, and to creating bettermodels for integrating monitoring and servicedelivery components that are necessary toachieve long-term changes.

The Need for Collaboration

It has been estimated that nearly 70 percent ofstate prisoners and over half of federal prisonershave drug or alcohol problems (Mumola, 1999).Further, data from the National HouseholdSurvey on Drug Abuse (SAMHSA, 2002) sugges-tions that an estimated 21 percent of the 1.4million adults who reported that they were onparole or some other form of community super-vision were using illicit drugs. Many of theseoffenders have histories of physical or sexualtrauma, or a current lifestyle that increases expo-sure to violence. Drug addiction also increasesthe offender’s vulnerability to infectious diseasessuch as HIV/AIDS, tuberculosis, and hepatitis aswell as physical and sexual trauma. In addition,many offenders have dysfunctional social rela-tionships, deficits in education, social supports,and employment skills, physical or mental healthproblems, and criminal thinking habits thatjeopardize successful community re-entry.Because the number and complexity of theseproblems can be overwhelming, many offenderswith SUD will need substantial support to accessnecessary social and health services in the com-munity over an extended period of time (Anno,1991; Belenko and Peugh, 1999; McDonald,1995; Wexler, Lipton & Johnson, 1988). Thesemultiple-disordered individuals are often unpre-pared to take responsibility for managing theirbehavioral and health conditions for significantperiods of time.Without some level of collabora-

tion among agencies, the odds of relapse andrecidivism, which often leads to repeated institu-tionalization, are high (Delany, Shields, andFletcher, 2003).

Even with the expansion of treatment acrossthe criminal justice system during the 1990s(Prendergast and Burdon, 2002), only a minori-ty who need treatment receive care while undersupervision. This is especially true of incarcerat-ed populations. In a study by Belenko and Peugh(1999), only 13 percent of inmates with a needfor treatment were receiving some form of help,which ranged from drug education programs,group or individual counseling, and self-helpgroups, to intensive therapeutic community pro-gramming. As a result, most prisoners will bereleased back to the community without havingreceived treatment for their substance use(Travis, 2000), and without linkage to treatmentin the community. These numbers threaten tooverwhelm already stressed community correc-tional and treatment systems.

Since offenders with substance use disorderspresent such complex clinical and managementissues both for correctional and drug abusetreatment staff, it is reasonable to propose thatthe best outcomes would result from a collabo-ration between public safety and public healthprofessionals. The reality is that often there is lit-tle coordination between criminal justice anddrug abuse treatment personnel. The correc-tional officer may recommend that there-entering offender should get drug treatment,but have no direct communication with thetreatment provider. This places the burden ofreconciling competing system demands (e.g.,criminal justice appointments, drug treatment,employment, medical/ psychiatric care, andother services) on the offender, who may beoverwhelmed by the multiple requirements andchoose to address the most pressing need (suchas housing or employment) and neglect others.Eventually these other problems can re-emergeand result in re-entry failure.

How can drug abuse treatment and criminaljustice agencies work together more effectively toimprove the outcomes of offenders with substanceuse disorders? There are several strategies thatmight be implemented. The easiest is for the cor-rectional officer and the drug abuse treatmentprovider to establish an informal network to com-municate, share information in their respectiveareas of expertise, and support their commonobjectives. A somewhat higher level of coordina-tion might add regularly scheduled as well asinformal communication and coordination oftreatment services with supervision activities andrequirements.A further level of cooperation couldemploy formalized agreements, some sharing of

resources and activities (e.g., cross-training ofstaff), and joint goal setting. Higher levels of inte-gration are possible with the merger or oversightof missions, goals, and administrative functions(Konrad, 1996).

Developing a Strategy forIntegrating Systems

Prendergast and Burdon (2002) imply that thelast decade of efforts to introduce and sustainrehabilitative programs across the criminal justicesystem has led de facto to new systems of care thathave more or less effectively worked to provide abetter system of care for the SUD offender. Tosome extent this is correct, but, as they note, thereare numerous factors that mitigate against stake-holder organizations developing collaborativelinkages that help ensure continuity of care acrossprograms and systems. To be sure, the growth inthe population of offenders with SUD providestremendous challenges for these fragmented sys-tems as they seek to unify aspects of their systemsto create a more coherent strategy. CharlesMcClintock’s (1998) recent summary report oncross-agency collaboration provides a useful out-line for thinking about how we can learn fromcurrent research and practice experience.Drawing from the work of Schor (1997), Konrad(1996) and Himmelman (1997), he conceptual-izes a theory of collaboration in terms of struc-tures, implementation requirements, underlyingmechanisms, services linkages, and successrequirements. For the purposes of our discussion,we will focus on the continuum of structures forbuilding collaborative linkages, both verticallyand horizontally, and key components of collabo-rative efforts (Konrad, 1996; Prendergast andBurdon, 2002). Finally, we will consider the needfor evaluation in the collaborative process.

Collaborative Structures

Collaborative structures vary in both form andlevel of commitment and may be more or lessuseful in achieving the goal of a systems integra-tion depending on the level of formality. Konrad(1996) identified five strategies along a continu-um, including networking, coordinating, coop-erating, consolidating, and integrating.

Networking

Networking stresses information sharing andsupport for common goals. This often occursinformally within and across systems but may bemore problematic in organizations where oneorganization, usually criminal justice, appears tohold a superordinate position (Prendergast and

Page 68: a journal of correctional philosophy and practice · PUBLISHED BY The Administrative Office of the United States Court Leonidas Ralph Mecham,Director John M. Hughes,Assistant Director

FEDERAL PROBATION Volume 67 Number 266

Burdon, 2002). Practitioners may feel constrained to protect information in order tomaintain the integrity of the process. Creatingthe necessary trust may occur only after manage-ment in both organizations take steps to developa common understanding of each other’s goalsand contributions to working with the SUDoffender/patient and openly share expectationswith staff below them. A formal framework forinformation sharing and opportunities for con-tact may also assist in this process.

Coordination

Coordination between organizations usuallyrequires a little more effort in terms of synchro-nizing parts of each system to minimize barriersthat hinder access to care. For example, proba-tion and treatment supervisors may work togeth-er to coordinate the assignment of offenders toagency staff who maintain similar work sched-ules. This may make it easier for all stakeholders(offender, probation officer, and treatment prac-titioner) to meet regularly to discuss progress andminimize extra travel requirements on theoffender who often has a fairly chaotic adjust-ment period during early recovery. This stillrequires little, if any, loss of autonomy, but willprobably require a greater level of horizontalintegration for mid-level managers.

Cooperation

Cooperative strategies assume most of the activ-ities of networking and coordination but alsorequire some sharing of resources and integra-tion of activities. One such model is theco-location of drug treatment counselors in acommunity pre-release center. This wouldrequire formalized agreements between correc-tions and the community treatment program interms of obtaining space and time to provideservices, protection of records, as well as limits ofconfidentiality. It would also require the pre-release center to provide training to thecounselors in the policies and procedures of thepre-release center and to identify how the coun-selor fits within the organization. An importantconsideration here is for each organization togive consideration to clearly delineating howcounseling staff will participate in pre-releasecenter activities such as treatment planning,staffing and supervisory meetings, and profes-sional development.

Consolidation

McClintock (1998) notes that this level of collab-oration requires substantial structural change.Often administrative and management struc-

tures may be merged while the functional unitsmaintain line authority to provide services. DWIprograms that were established during the 1980sincorporating probation and treatment underone roof are one example of consolidation. Therewas a program director with overall responsibili-ty for management of the agency and separatemanagers for the probation and treatment units.There were common goals, a high degree ofinformation sharing, and agency-wide jobdescriptions and staff training.

Integration

An integrated system of care is the completemerger of organizational components. Not onlyare administrative and management tasks shared,but staff also share a common process for achiev-ing outreach, intake, and treatment and manage-ment. Such an approach may work best in ruralsettings where the resources are not great enoughto provide for separation between probation andtreatment, so a decision is made to hire cliniciansand train them as probation officers. Though apossibility for role conflict exists, good trainingand supervision can help staff develop very strongintegrated discharge plans that lay positive andnegative sanctions for the SUD offender.

For the most part, community corrections anddrug treatment will not achieve full integration, oreven consolidation. However, careful attention toresources and setting mutual goals can help createopportunities for building new alliances.Achieving these new alliances requires not only arealignment of resources, but also thoughtfulplanning that can build trust over time so that theinevitable turf battles are minimized.

Key Components

A number of key components that have beencited above must be considered as collaborativeenterprises are entered into. Probably one ofthe most important elements is the setting ofgoals for the collaborative effort. McClintock(1998) notes that attention must be paid toshort-term, intermediate, and long-term goals.These should take into account the nature ofaddiction, other diagnoses, and behavioralissues including criminal lifestyles. Goalsshould be clearly specified in terms of stake-holder interest and how they will be measuredover time. This leads to the next element thatmust be taken into consideration, the stake-holders. These include the SUD offender, thepractitioner, program administrative staff, localand state policy makers, and community lead-ers. How they are to be included in the plan-ning, delivery and evaluation of the collabora-

tive effort (Konrad, 1996) is critical. Otherwise,the effort can easily be undermined.

Another important element is the need for for-malization of procedures and sharing ofresources—financial, personnel, and other. Doesthis collaborative enterprise require changes in pro-gram level policies and regulations or is legislationnecessary to allow for sharing of staff and resources?Can “circuit breakers” (McClintock, 1998) be builtin to allow stakeholders to maintain autonomy?

In terms of the service delivery system, whichelements will be shared and which will remainseparate? Will there be common information sys-tems, use of instrumentation, staff? How will theoffender’s family be involved? The community?Will there be joint staffing and training? Wherewill the services be housed?

Finally, how will information be shared with-in and across systems? This becomes especiallyimportant as the offender moves from one level ofcare or supervision to another. Without a com-prehensive plan for information management, itis likely that valuable time and effort will be lost aseach transition becomes just one more discon-nected episode. Further, the ability to monitorprogress can be hampered when systems requireduplication of effort of data collection, losingvaluable historical data that can guide services.

Evaluation

Evaluation of collaborative enterprises is key tounderstanding both their operation and impactand in the end, it is necessary if it is to maintainthe support of stakeholders (McClintock, 1998;Prendergast and Burdon, 2002). Both processand performance outcome evaluations are help-ful. Process evaluations can help assess the struc-tural strategies, inclusion of key elements, andimpact of linkages across and within systems.Performance-based evaluations are necessary todemonstrate to stakeholders that progress isbeing made and thus, that the collaboration isworthy of continued financial support. However,before any evaluation is implemented, it is essen-tial to clearly define what is meant by success andwhether it is a short-term, intermediate, or long-term goal. Defining success only as abstinence,stable employment and housing may have littlepractical value for an offender who has beenusing illicit substances for 12 years and is com-pleting his or her first formal treatment effort. Ifthe offender achieves abstinence but dies ofAIDS-related illnesses because his AIDS was notaddressed by the service system, is this success?These difficulties highlight the need for stake-holders to work closely together to identifyachievable, measurable outcomes that respond tothe needs of the different stakeholder constituen-cies. It also highlights the need to develop a rich

Page 69: a journal of correctional philosophy and practice · PUBLISHED BY The Administrative Office of the United States Court Leonidas Ralph Mecham,Director John M. Hughes,Assistant Director

September 2003 REORGANIZING CARE 67

dataset that includes both quantitative and qual-itative information that can provide context toany measures of outcome.

Conclusion

Substance abuse among populations involvedwith the criminal justice system is a serious prob-lem that requires both a public health and publicsafety response. Over the last decade, both sys-tems have worked to expand sustainable pro-gramming to meet the multiple and complexneeds of this population. However, the policies ofcriminalization over the past three decades haveled to a crisis for the public health, public safetyand allied health and social services systems. It isapparent that although treatment paired withcontinued supervision in the community canreduce drug use, and criminal behavior andimprove social functioning, there remains adearth of research to guide these systems in thedevelopment of collaborative efforts. Despite thetrend towards increased systems collaboration,we will need to draw on the small but growingknowledge base in related human service deliveryfields in order to develop strong conceptual andresearch models that can help define more clear-ly how these systems can more effectively worktogether to deliver care to these individuals withlong-term needs.

References

Andrews, D.A., Zinger, I, Hoge, R.D., Bonta, J.,Gendreau, P., & Cullen, F.T. (1990). Doestreatment work? A clinically relevant and psy-chologically informed meta-analysis.Criminology, 28, 369-404.

Anno, J. Prison Health Care: Guidelines for theManagement of an Adequate DeliverySystem. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Departmentof Justice, National Institute of Corrections,National Commission on CorrectionalHealth Care.

Belenko, S., Peugh, J. (1999). Behind bars: substance abuse and America’s prison population, Technical report, New York,NY: National Center on Addiction andSubstance Abuse.

Bureau of Justice Statistics (1998). Sourcebook ofcriminal justice statistics. Washington, D.C.:U.S. Department of Justice.

Delany, P., Shields, J. & Fletcher, B. (2003). SpecialIssues in Treatment: Incarcerated Populat-ions, in A.W. Graham, T.K. Schultz, M.F.Mayo-Smith, R.K. Ries, & B.B. Wilford,(eds.), Principles of Addiction Medicine, 3rdEdition. Chevy Chase, MD., AmericanSociety of Addiction Medicine, 553-565.

Falkin, G.P., Wexler, H.K. & Lipton, D.S. (1992).Drug treatment in state prisons, in Extentand adequacy of insurance coverage for sub-stance abuse services (Institute of MedicineReport: Treating drug problems Vol. II),NIDA Services Research Series No. 3,Washington, D.C.: Supt of Docs., U.S. Govt.Print. Off.

Fletcher, B.W. (in press). The NIDA CriminalJustice Drug Abuse Treatment Studies (CJ-DATS), Offender Substance Abuse.

Gendreau, P. (1996) The principles of effectiveintervention with offenders. In A. Harland(Ed.), Choosing Correctional Options thatWork. Newbury Park, CA: SagePublications.

Hiller, M.L., Knight, K., Broome, K.M., &Simpson, D.D. (1996). Compulsory com-munity-based substance abuse treatmentand the mentally ill criminal offender. ThePrison Journal, 76, 180-191.

Hiller, M. L., Knight, K., & Simpson, D.D. (1999),Prison-based substance abuse treatment,residential aftercare and recidivism.Addiction, 94, 833-842.

Himmelman, A.T. (1997). Collaboration for achange: Definitions, models, roles and a guideto collaborative processes. Paper presented atthe New York State Department of HealthConference—Focusing the Message.Albany, New York.

Inciardi, J.A., Martin, S.S., Butzin, C.A. Hooper,R.M., & Harrison, L.D. (1997). An effectivemodel of prison-based treatment for drug-involved offenders. Journal of Drug Issues,27(2), 261-278.

Konrad, E. (1996). A multidimensional frame-work for conceptualizing human servicesintegrated initiatives. In J. M. Marquart & E.L. Konrad (Eds.), Evaluating initiatives tointegrate human services. San Francisco:Jossey-Bass.

Lipton, D.S. (1995). The effectiveness of treatmentfor drug abusers under criminal justice super-vision. Research Report. Washington D.C.:U.S. Department of Justice, NationalInstitute of Justice.

McClintock, C. (1998). Healthy Communities:Concepts and Collaboration Tools, SummaryReport, Cross-Agency Collaboration: ResearchFindings and Practitioner Experience, NewYork State College of Human Ecology,Policy Perspectives.

McDonald, D.C. (1995). Managing Prison HealthCare and Costs, Research Report:Washington D.C.: U.S. Department ofJustice, National Institute of Justice.

McLellan AT, Lewis DC, O’Brien CP, Kleber HD(2000). Drug dependence, a chronic med-ical illness: implications for treatment,insurance, and outcomes evaluation. JAMA.2000; 284:1689-1695.

Mumola, C.J. (1999). Substance Abuse andTreatment, State and Federal Prisoners in1997. Bureau of Justice Statistics SpecialReport. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Departmentof Justice, Office of Justice Programs,Bureau of Justice Statistics.

Page 70: a journal of correctional philosophy and practice · PUBLISHED BY The Administrative Office of the United States Court Leonidas Ralph Mecham,Director John M. Hughes,Assistant Director

FEDERAL PROBATION Volume 67 Number 268

NIDA (1999). Principles of Drug AddictionTreatment: A Research-Based Guide,Washington, DC: U.S. Government PrintingOffice.

Pelissier, B., & McCarthy, D. Evaluation of theFederal Bureau of Prisons Drug TreatmentPrograms. In: Leukefeld, C.G., & Tims, F.M.,eds. Drug Abuse Treatment in Prisons andJails. NIDA Research Monograph 118.Washington, DC: Supt. of Docs., U.S. Govt.Print Off., 1992. pp. 261-278.

Peters, R.H. & Steinberg, M.L. (2000). Substanceabuse treatment services in U.S. Prisons. InD. Shewan &J. Deavies (Eds.), Drugs andPrisons. 89-116. London, U.K.: HarwoodAcademic Publishers.

Prendergast, M.L. and Burdon, W.M. (2002).Integrated systems of care for substance-abusing offenders, in Leukefeld, C.G., Tims,F. and Farabee, D. (eds.). Treatment of DrugOffenders: Policies and Issues (pp. 11-126),New York, NY: Springer Publishing Co.

Schorr, L.B. (1997). Common Purpose:Strengthening families and neighborhoodsto rebuild America. New York: Doubleday.

Sherman, L.W., Gottfredson, D. MacKenzie, D.,Eck, J, Reuter, P. & Bushway, S. (1997).Preventing Crime: What Works, WhatDoesn’t, What’s promising: Report toCongress. Washington D.C.: Office of JusticePrograms.

Substance Abuse and Mental Health ServicesAdministration Office of Applied Studies(2002). Results from the 2001 NationalHousehold Survey on Drug Abuse: Volume I.Summary of National Findings. Rockville,MD. Office of Applied Studies.

Travis, J. (2000). But they all come back:Rethinking prisoner reentry. U.S.Department of Justice: Office of JusticePrograms, National Institute of Justice.

Wexler, H.K., Lipton, D.S., and Johnson, B.D.(1988). A Criminal Justice System Strategyfor Treating Cocaine-Heroin AbusingOffenders in Custody. Washington, D.C.: U.S.Department of State.

Page 71: a journal of correctional philosophy and practice · PUBLISHED BY The Administrative Office of the United States Court Leonidas Ralph Mecham,Director John M. Hughes,Assistant Director

September 2003 69

Scott A. AllenMedical Program Director, Rhode IslandDepartment of Corrections. M.D., BrownUniversity. Author of “Treatment of ChronicHepatitis C in State Correctional Facility,”Annals of Internal Medicine (Feb. 2003).

Jeffrey A. BouffardAssistant Professor, North Dakota StateUniversity, Fargo. Ph.D., University ofMaryland, College Park. Author of“Methodological and Theoretical Implicationsof Using Subject-Generated Consequences inTests of Rational Choice Theory” (Dec. 2002).

William M. BurdonAssistant Research Psychologist, UCLAIntegrated Substance Abuse Programs. Ph.D.,Claremont Graduate University. Author of“Prison-based Therapeutic CommunitySubstance Abuse Programs: Implementationand Operational Issues,” Federal Probation(Dec. 2002).

Timothy P. CadiganSenior Policy Analyst, Administrative Office ofthe United States Courts, Office of Probationand Pretrial Services. Previously, Technologyand Analysis Branch Chief, AdministrativeOffice of the U.S. Courts, Office of Probationand Pretrial Services. M.A., Criminal Justice,Rutgers University, New Jersey. Currently can-didate for Ph.D. (ABD), Rutgers University.Author of “PACTSECM” in Federal Probation(Sept. 2001).

Peter J. DelanyDeputy Director, Division of Epidemiology,National Institute on Drug Abuse, NationalInstitutes of Health. D.S.W., Catholic University ofAmerica, Washington, D.C. Co-author of “SpecialIssues in Treatment: Incarcerated Populations,” inPrinciples of Addiction Medicine, 3rd Ed. (2003).

David S. DeMatteoBehavioral Scientist, Treatment Research Institute,University of Pennsylvania. J.D., VillanovaUniversity School of Law; Ph.D., HahnemannUniversity. Co-author of Forensic Mental HealthAssessment: A Casebook (2002).

Vitka EisenAssociate Director of Criminal JusticePrograms, Walden House, Inc. treatment center for substance abuse. Ed. D., HarvardUniversity.

Bennett W. FletcherSenior Scientist, Division of Epidemiology,Services and Prevention Research, NationalInstitute on Drug Abuse, National Institutes of Health. Ph.D., Texas Christian University.Co-author of “Special Issues on Treatment:Incarcerated Populations,” in Principles ofAddiction Medicine, 3rd Edition (2003).

Peter D. FriedmannAssociate Professor of Medicine andCommunity Health, Brown Medical School andRhode Island Hospital. Previously, AssistantProfessor of Medicine, University of Chicago.M.D., Boston University School of Medicine.Co-author of “Accessibility of AddictionTreatment: Results From a National Survey ofOutpatient Substance Abuse TreatmentOrganizations,” Health Service Resources 2003.

Tom F. GarrityProfessor, University of Kentucky. Ph.D., DukeUniversity. Co-author of “Effects of PetContact on Human Wellbeing: Review ofRecent Research,” in Companion Animals inHuman Health (1998).

James A. InciardiProfessor and Director, Center for Drug andAlcohol Studies, University of Delaware. Ph.D.,New York University. Author of The War onDrugs III (2002).

Carl G. LeukefeldCenter Director, University of Kentucky. Ph.D.,Catholic University of America.Co-editor of Relapseand Recovery Processes in the Addictions (2001).

Mark D. LittProfessor, University of Connecticut HealthCenter. Ph.D. in Psychology, Yale University.Co-author of “Coping Skills and TreatmentOutcomes in Cognitive-Behavioral andInteractional Group Therapy for Alcoholism,”Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology71, 118-128 (2003).

T.K. LoganProfessor, University of Kentucky. Ph.D.,Southern Illinois University. Co-author of“Substance Use and Intimate Violence AmongIncarcerated Males,” Journal of Family Violence,16, 2, 93-114 (2001).

Sharon MallonResearch Associate, Connecticut Departmentof Mental Health & Addiction Services,University of Connecticut. Ph.D., University ofConnecticut. Co-author of “MethodologicalTrends in JP: 1970-1995,” Journal of Personality,66, 671-685 (1998).

Douglas B. MarloweDirector, Section on Law & Ethics Research,Treatment Research Institute at the Universityof Pennsylvania. Ph.D. in clinical psychology,Hahnemann University; J.D., VillanovaUniversity School of Law. Author of “EffectiveStrategies for Intervening with Drug AbusingOffenders,” Villanova Law Review, 47, 989-1025 (2002).

Steven S. MartinSenior Scientist, Center for Drug and AlcoholStudies, University of Delaware. M.A., Universityof Michigan. Co-author of “HIV/AIDS AmongProbationers: An Assessment of Risk and Resultsfrom a Brief Intervention,” Journal ofPsychoactive Drugs (in press).

ContributorsTo This I s sue

Page 72: a journal of correctional philosophy and practice · PUBLISHED BY The Administrative Office of the United States Court Leonidas Ralph Mecham,Director John M. Hughes,Assistant Director

FEDERAL PROBATION Volume 67 Number 270

Allison Mateyoke-ScrivnerResearch Analyst, University of Kentucky.M.A., Eastern Kentucky University. Co-authorof “Employment Issues Among Drug CourtParticipants,” Journal of Offender Rehabilitation(in Press).

Hope Smiley McDonaldResearch Assistant, University of Kentucky.Previously, Research Analyst, Research TriangleInstitute. B.A., Duke University. Co-author of“Employment, Employment-Related Problems,and Drug Use at Drug Court Entry,” submittedto Substance Use and Misuse (In Press).

Nena P. MessinaProject Director, UCLA Integrated SubstanceAbuse Programs. Previously, Project Director,Bureau of Government Research. Ph.D.,University of Maryland at College Park. Authorof The Antisocial Personality (2002).

Daniel J. O’ConnellResearch Associate, Center for Drug andAlcohol Studies, University of Delaware. M.A.,University of Delaware. Author of “InvestigatingLatent Trait and Life Course Theories asPredictors of Recidivism Among an OffenderSample,” Journal of Criminal Justice (2003).

Nicholas S. PatapisNational Institute Drug Abuse ClinicalResearch Fellow, University of Pennsylvania.Psy.D. in clinical psychology, Widener University.M.A. in criminal justice, Widener University.

Frank S. PearsonSenior Project Director, National Development &Research Institutes, Inc. Ph.D., Rutgers University.Co-author of “The Effects of Behavioral/Cognitive-Behavioral Programs on Recidivism,” Crime andDelinquency 48(3):476-96 (2002).

Bernadette PelissierTRIAD Project Director, Federal Bureau ofPrisons. Ph.D., University of North Carolina,Chapel Hill. Co-author of “Gender Differencesin Outcomes from Prison-Based ResidentialTreatment.” Journal of Substance AbuseTreatment 24:1-12 (2003).

Michael L. PrendergastResearch historian, UCLA. Ph.D., University ofCalifornia, Los Angeles. Author of “InvoluntaryTreatment Within a Prison Setting,” CriminalJustice and Behavior (Vol. 29, no. 1, 2002).

Josiah D. RichAssociate Professor of Medicine and CommunityHealth, Brown University School of Medicine.M.P.H., Johns Hopkins University.

Stanley SacksDirector, Center for the Integration of Research &Practice at the National Development & ResearchInstitutes, Inc. Ph.D., University of Houston. Co-author of Substance Abuse Treatment for Personswith Co-Occurring Disorders. TreatmentImprovement Protocol (TIP) (in press).

Joseph J. ShieldsAssociate Professor, The National CatholicSchool of Social Service, The CatholicUniversity of America, Washington, D.C.Ph.D., The Catholic University of America.Co-author of “Special Issues in Treatment:Incarcerated Populations,” in Principles ofAddiction Medicine, 3rd Ed. (2003).

Beth SchwartzapfelSenior Research Assistant, The MiriamHospital. B.A., Brown University. Author of “AReview of the Case for Hepatitis B Vaccinationof High-Risk Adults,” American Journal ofMedicine (March 2003).

Michele StatonProject Director, University of Kentucky.M.S.W., C.S.W., University of Kentucky. Co-author of “Clinical Issues in TreatingSubstance Abusing Women,” in Clinical andPolicy Responses to Drug Offenders (in Press).

Faye S. TaxmanDirector of the Bureau of GovernmentResearch, University of Maryland, CollegePark. Ph.D., Rutgers University, Newark, NJ.Author of Reentry Partnership Initiative (NIJ).

J. Matthew WebsterAssistant Professor, University of Kentucky.Ph.D., University of Kentucky. Co-author of“An Exploratory Examination of Spirituality,Religiosity, and Drug Use Among IncarceratedMen,” Journal of Social Work Practice in theAddictions (in Press).

Page 73: a journal of correctional philosophy and practice · PUBLISHED BY The Administrative Office of the United States Court Leonidas Ralph Mecham,Director John M. Hughes,Assistant Director

a j o u r n a l o f c o r r e c t i o n a l p h i l o s o p h y a n d p r a c t i c eFAX YOUY ORDER TO

202-512-2250

PHONE YOUR ORDER TO

202-512-1800

MAIL YOUR ORDER TOSuperintendent of DocumentsP.O. Box 371954Pittsburgh, PA 15250-7954

IMPORTANT!Please include your completedorder form with your remittance

thank you foryour order!

*5876Order Processing Code

United States GovernmentI N F O R M AT I O N

Please send me _____ subscription(s) to Federal Probation at $16.50 each

($22.40 foreign) per year. The total cost of my order is $_______________.

Price includes shipping and handling and is subject to change.

(PLEASE TYPE OR PRINT) NAME OR TITLE

COMPANY NAME ROOM, FLOOR, OR SUITE

STREET ADDRESS

CITY STATE ZIP CODE + 4

DAYTIME PHONE INCLUDING AREA CODE

PURCHASE ORDER NUMBER (OPTIONAL)

Method of Paymentq Check payable to: Superintendent of Documents

q GPO Deposit Account

q Credit Card q Visa q Master Card q Discover

CARD NUMBER EXPIRATION DATE

AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE

Page 74: a journal of correctional philosophy and practice · PUBLISHED BY The Administrative Office of the United States Court Leonidas Ralph Mecham,Director John M. Hughes,Assistant Director

F E D E R A L P R O B A T I O N

Administrative Officeof the United States Courts

Washington, DC 20544